Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-sh.c revision 1.9.2.2
      1      1.1     skrll /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
      2  1.9.2.2    martin    Copyright (C) 1996-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3      1.1     skrll    Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
      4      1.1     skrll 
      5      1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      6      1.1     skrll 
      7      1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      8      1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      9      1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     10      1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     11      1.1     skrll 
     12      1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     13      1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     14      1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     15      1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     16      1.1     skrll 
     17      1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     18      1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     19      1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     20      1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     21      1.1     skrll 
     22      1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     23      1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     24      1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     25      1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     26      1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     27      1.1     skrll #include "elf-vxworks.h"
     28      1.1     skrll #include "elf/sh.h"
     29      1.3  christos #include "dwarf2.h"
     30      1.1     skrll #include "libiberty.h"
     31      1.1     skrll #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
     32      1.1     skrll 
     33  1.9.2.2    martin /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1.  */
     34  1.9.2.2    martin #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
     35  1.9.2.2    martin 
     36      1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
     37      1.1     skrll   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     38      1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
     39      1.1     skrll   (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
     40      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
     41      1.1     skrll   (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
     42      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
     43      1.1     skrll   (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
     44      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
     45      1.1     skrll   (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
     46      1.1     skrll static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
     47      1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
     48      1.1     skrll static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
     49      1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *);
     50      1.1     skrll static bfd_vma tpoff
     51      1.1     skrll   (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
     52      1.1     skrll 
     53      1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
     54      1.1     skrll    section.  */
     55      1.1     skrll 
     56      1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
     57      1.1     skrll 
     58      1.3  christos /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
     59      1.3  christos #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
     60      1.3  christos 
     61      1.1     skrll #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
     62      1.3  christos 
     63      1.3  christos /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
     64      1.3  christos    not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
     65      1.3  christos    its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
     66      1.3  christos #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
     67      1.3  christos   (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
     68      1.3  christos    || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
     69      1.1     skrll 
     70      1.1     skrll #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
     72      1.1     skrll #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
     73      1.1     skrll #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
     74      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
     75      1.1     skrll {
     76      1.1     skrll #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
     77      1.1     skrll };
     78      1.1     skrll 
     79      1.1     skrll #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
     80      1.1     skrll #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
     81      1.1     skrll #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
     82      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
     83      1.1     skrll {
     84      1.1     skrll #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
     85      1.1     skrll };
     86      1.1     skrll 
     87      1.1     skrll /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
     89      1.1     skrll 
     90      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
     91  1.9.2.1  christos vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
     92      1.6  christos {
     93      1.6  christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
     94      1.1     skrll   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
     95      1.6  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
     96      1.6  christos 
     97      1.1     skrll   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
     98      1.1     skrll 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
     99      1.1     skrll #else
    100      1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
    101      1.1     skrll #endif
    102      1.3  christos }
    103      1.3  christos 
    104      1.3  christos /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
    105      1.3  christos 
    106      1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
    107  1.9.2.1  christos fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    108      1.6  christos {
    109      1.6  christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
    110      1.3  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
    111      1.6  christos   extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
    112      1.6  christos 
    113      1.3  christos   return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
    114      1.3  christos 	  || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
    115      1.3  christos #else
    116      1.3  christos   return FALSE;
    117      1.3  christos #endif
    118      1.1     skrll }
    119      1.1     skrll 
    120      1.1     skrll /* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
    121      1.1     skrll 
    122      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    123      1.1     skrll get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
    124      1.1     skrll {
    125      1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
    126      1.1     skrll     return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
    127      1.1     skrll   return sh_elf_howto_table;
    128      1.1     skrll }
    129      1.1     skrll 
    130      1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    131      1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
    132      1.1     skrll 		   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
    133      1.1     skrll 		   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
    134      1.1     skrll 		   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
    135      1.1     skrll {
    136      1.1     skrll   static bfd_vma last_addr;
    137      1.1     skrll   static asection *last_symbol_section;
    138      1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
    139      1.1     skrll   int diff, cum_diff;
    140      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma x;
    141      1.1     skrll   int insn;
    142      1.1     skrll 
    143      1.1     skrll   /* Sanity check the address.  */
    144      1.1     skrll   if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
    145      1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    146      1.1     skrll 
    147      1.1     skrll   /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
    148      1.1     skrll      although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
    149      1.1     skrll   if (! last_addr)
    150      1.1     skrll     {
    151      1.1     skrll       last_addr = addr;
    152      1.1     skrll       last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
    153      1.1     skrll       return bfd_reloc_ok;
    154      1.1     skrll     }
    155      1.1     skrll   if (last_addr != addr)
    156      1.1     skrll     abort ();
    157      1.1     skrll   last_addr = 0;
    158      1.1     skrll 
    159      1.1     skrll   if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
    160      1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    161      1.1     skrll 
    162      1.1     skrll   /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
    163      1.1     skrll   if (symbol_section != input_section)
    164      1.1     skrll     {
    165      1.1     skrll       if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    166      1.1     skrll 	contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
    167      1.1     skrll       else
    168      1.1     skrll 	{
    169      1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
    170      1.1     skrll 					   &contents))
    171      1.1     skrll 	    {
    172      1.1     skrll 	      if (contents != NULL)
    173      1.1     skrll 		free (contents);
    174      1.1     skrll 	      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    175      1.1     skrll 	    }
    176      1.1     skrll 	}
    177      1.1     skrll     }
    178      1.1     skrll #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
    179      1.1     skrll   start_ptr = contents + start;
    180      1.1     skrll   for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
    181      1.1     skrll     {
    182      1.1     skrll       for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
    183      1.1     skrll 	ptr -= 2;
    184      1.1     skrll       ptr += 2;
    185      1.1     skrll       diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
    186      1.1     skrll       cum_diff += diff & 1;
    187      1.1     skrll       cum_diff += diff;
    188      1.1     skrll     }
    189      1.1     skrll   /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
    190      1.1     skrll      so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
    191      1.1     skrll      addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
    192      1.1     skrll   if (cum_diff >= 0)
    193      1.1     skrll     {
    194      1.1     skrll       start -= 4;
    195      1.1     skrll       end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
    196      1.1     skrll     }
    197      1.1     skrll   else
    198      1.1     skrll     {
    199      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
    200      1.1     skrll 
    201      1.1     skrll       while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
    202      1.1     skrll 	start0 -= 2;
    203      1.1     skrll       start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
    204      1.1     skrll       start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
    205      1.1     skrll       end = start0;
    206      1.1     skrll     }
    207      1.1     skrll 
    208      1.1     skrll   if (contents != NULL
    209      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    210      1.1     skrll     free (contents);
    211      1.1     skrll 
    212      1.1     skrll   insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
    213      1.1     skrll 
    214      1.1     skrll   x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
    215      1.1     skrll   if (input_section != symbol_section)
    216      1.1     skrll     x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
    217      1.1     skrll 	  - (input_section->output_section->vma
    218      1.1     skrll 	     + input_section->output_offset));
    219      1.1     skrll   x >>= 1;
    220      1.1     skrll   if (x < -128 || x > 127)
    221      1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    222      1.1     skrll 
    223      1.1     skrll   x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
    224      1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
    225      1.1     skrll 
    226      1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    227      1.1     skrll }
    228      1.1     skrll 
    229      1.1     skrll /* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
    230      1.1     skrll    function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
    231      1.1     skrll 
    232      1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    233      1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
    234      1.1     skrll 	      void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
    235  1.9.2.2    martin 	      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    236      1.1     skrll {
    237      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma insn;
    238      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma sym_value;
    239  1.9.2.2    martin   enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
    240  1.9.2.2    martin   bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
    241      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type octets = addr * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
    242      1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *hit_data = (bfd_byte *) data + octets;
    243      1.1     skrll 
    244      1.1     skrll   r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
    245      1.1     skrll 
    246      1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd != NULL)
    247      1.1     skrll     {
    248      1.1     skrll       /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
    249      1.1     skrll       reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
    250      1.1     skrll       return bfd_reloc_ok;
    251      1.1     skrll     }
    252      1.1     skrll 
    253      1.1     skrll   /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
    254      1.1     skrll      done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
    255      1.1     skrll   if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
    256      1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_ok;
    257      1.1     skrll 
    258      1.1     skrll   if (symbol_in != NULL
    259      1.1     skrll       && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
    260      1.6  christos     return bfd_reloc_undefined;
    261  1.9.2.2    martin 
    262      1.6  christos   /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98.  */
    263      1.6  christos   if (octets + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
    264      1.6  christos       > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
    265      1.1     skrll     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
    266      1.1     skrll 
    267      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
    268      1.1     skrll     sym_value = 0;
    269      1.1     skrll   else
    270      1.1     skrll     sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
    271      1.1     skrll 		 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
    272      1.1     skrll 		 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
    273      1.1     skrll 
    274      1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
    275      1.1     skrll     {
    276      1.1     skrll     case R_SH_DIR32:
    277  1.9.2.2    martin       insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
    278      1.1     skrll       insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
    279      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
    280      1.1     skrll       break;
    281      1.1     skrll     case R_SH_IND12W:
    282      1.1     skrll       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
    283      1.1     skrll       sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
    284      1.1     skrll       sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
    285      1.1     skrll 		    + input_section->output_offset
    286  1.9.2.2    martin 		    + addr
    287  1.9.2.2    martin 		    + 4);
    288  1.9.2.2    martin       sym_value += (((insn & 0xfff) ^ 0x800) - 0x800) << 1;
    289  1.9.2.2    martin       insn = (insn & 0xf000) | ((sym_value >> 1) & 0xfff);
    290      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, hit_data);
    291      1.1     skrll       if (sym_value + 0x1000 >= 0x2000 || (sym_value & 1) != 0)
    292      1.1     skrll 	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    293      1.1     skrll       break;
    294      1.1     skrll     default:
    295      1.1     skrll       abort ();
    296      1.1     skrll       break;
    297      1.1     skrll     }
    298      1.1     skrll 
    299      1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    300      1.1     skrll }
    301      1.1     skrll 
    302      1.1     skrll /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
    303      1.1     skrll    which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
    304      1.1     skrll 
    305      1.1     skrll static bfd_reloc_status_type
    306      1.1     skrll sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
    307      1.1     skrll 		     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    308      1.1     skrll 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
    309      1.1     skrll 		     bfd *output_bfd,
    310      1.1     skrll 		     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    311      1.1     skrll {
    312      1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd != NULL)
    313      1.1     skrll     reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
    314      1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
    315      1.1     skrll }
    316      1.1     skrll 
    317      1.1     skrll /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
    318      1.1     skrll 
    319      1.1     skrll struct elf_reloc_map
    320      1.1     skrll {
    321      1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
    322      1.1     skrll   unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
    323      1.1     skrll };
    324      1.1     skrll 
    325      1.1     skrll /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
    326      1.1     skrll 
    327      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
    328      1.1     skrll {
    329      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
    330      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
    331      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
    332      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
    333      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
    334      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
    335      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
    336      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
    337      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
    338      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
    339      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
    340      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
    341      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
    342      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
    343      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
    344      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
    345      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
    346      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
    347      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
    348      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    349      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
    350      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
    351      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
    352      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
    353      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
    354      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
    355      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
    356      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
    357      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
    358      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
    359      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
    360      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
    361      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
    362      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
    363      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
    364      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
    365      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
    366      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
    367      1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
    368      1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
    369      1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
    370      1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
    371      1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
    372      1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
    373      1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
    374      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
    375      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
    376      1.1     skrll };
    377      1.1     skrll 
    378      1.1     skrll /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
    379      1.1     skrll    corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
    380      1.1     skrll 
    381      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    382      1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    383      1.1     skrll {
    384      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    385      1.1     skrll 
    386      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
    387      1.1     skrll     {
    388      1.1     skrll       if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
    389      1.1     skrll 	return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
    390      1.1     skrll     }
    391      1.1     skrll 
    392      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    393      1.1     skrll }
    394      1.1     skrll 
    395      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    396      1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
    397      1.1     skrll {
    398      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    399      1.1     skrll 
    400      1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
    401      1.1     skrll     {
    402      1.1     skrll       for (i = 0;
    403      1.1     skrll 	   i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
    404      1.1     skrll 		/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
    405      1.1     skrll 	   i++)
    406      1.1     skrll 	if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    407      1.1     skrll 	    && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    408      1.1     skrll 	  return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
    409      1.1     skrll     }
    410      1.1     skrll   else
    411      1.1     skrll     {
    412      1.1     skrll       for (i = 0;
    413      1.1     skrll 	   i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
    414      1.1     skrll 		/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
    415      1.1     skrll 	   i++)
    416      1.1     skrll 	if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    417      1.1     skrll 	    && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    418      1.1     skrll 	  return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
    419      1.1     skrll     }
    420      1.1     skrll 
    421      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    422      1.1     skrll }
    423      1.1     skrll 
    424  1.9.2.1  christos /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
    425      1.1     skrll 
    426      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    427      1.1     skrll sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    428      1.1     skrll {
    429      1.1     skrll   unsigned int r;
    430      1.1     skrll 
    431      1.6  christos   r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    432      1.6  christos 
    433      1.6  christos   if (r >= R_SH_max
    434      1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC   && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
    435      1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
    436      1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
    437      1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
    438      1.6  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
    439      1.9  christos       || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
    440  1.9.2.1  christos     {
    441      1.9  christos       /* xgettext:c-format */
    442      1.6  christos       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
    443  1.9.2.1  christos 			  abfd, r);
    444      1.6  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
    445      1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
    446      1.1     skrll     }
    447  1.9.2.1  christos 
    448      1.1     skrll   cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
    449      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
    450      1.1     skrll }
    451      1.1     skrll 
    452      1.1     skrll /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
    454      1.1     skrll    function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
    455      1.1     skrll    There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
    456      1.1     skrll    specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
    457      1.1     skrll    into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
    458      1.1     skrll    could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
    459      1.1     skrll    functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
    460      1.1     skrll    values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
    461      1.1     skrll    they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
    462      1.1     skrll 
    463      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    464      1.1     skrll sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
    465      1.1     skrll 		      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
    466      1.1     skrll {
    467      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    468      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
    469      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean have_code;
    470      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    471      1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
    472      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
    473      1.6  christos 
    474      1.1     skrll   *again = FALSE;
    475      1.1     skrll 
    476      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
    477      1.1     skrll       || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
    478      1.1     skrll       || sec->reloc_count == 0)
    479      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
    480      1.1     skrll 
    481      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
    482      1.1     skrll 
    483      1.1     skrll   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
    484      1.1     skrll 		     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
    485      1.1     skrll 		      link_info->keep_memory));
    486      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
    487      1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
    488      1.1     skrll 
    489      1.1     skrll   have_code = FALSE;
    490      1.1     skrll 
    491      1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
    492      1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
    493      1.1     skrll     {
    494      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
    495      1.1     skrll       unsigned short insn;
    496      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
    497      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma foff;
    498      1.1     skrll 
    499      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
    500      1.1     skrll 	have_code = TRUE;
    501      1.1     skrll 
    502      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
    503      1.1     skrll 	continue;
    504      1.1     skrll 
    505      1.1     skrll       /* Get the section contents.  */
    506      1.1     skrll       if (contents == NULL)
    507      1.1     skrll 	{
    508      1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    509      1.1     skrll 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    510      1.1     skrll 	  else
    511      1.1     skrll 	    {
    512      1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
    513      1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
    514      1.1     skrll 	    }
    515      1.1     skrll 	}
    516      1.1     skrll 
    517      1.1     skrll       /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
    518      1.1     skrll 	 the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
    519      1.1     skrll 	 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
    520      1.1     skrll 	 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
    521      1.9  christos       laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
    522  1.9.2.1  christos       if (laddr >= sec->size)
    523  1.9.2.1  christos 	{
    524  1.9.2.1  christos 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
    525      1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_error_handler
    526      1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
    527      1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
    528      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    529      1.1     skrll 	}
    530      1.1     skrll       insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
    531      1.1     skrll 
    532      1.1     skrll       /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
    533      1.9  christos 	 do.  */
    534      1.9  christos       if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
    535  1.9.2.1  christos 	{
    536  1.9.2.1  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    537  1.9.2.1  christos 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    538      1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
    539      1.1     skrll 	       "R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
    540      1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset, insn);
    541      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    542      1.1     skrll 	}
    543      1.1     skrll 
    544      1.1     skrll       /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
    545      1.1     skrll 	 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
    546      1.1     skrll 	 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
    547      1.1     skrll 	 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
    548      1.1     skrll 	 of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
    549      1.1     skrll 	 on a four byte boundary.  */
    550      1.1     skrll       paddr = insn & 0xff;
    551      1.1     skrll       paddr *= 4;
    552      1.9  christos       paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
    553      1.9  christos       if (paddr >= sec->size)
    554  1.9.2.1  christos 	{
    555  1.9.2.1  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    556      1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    557      1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
    558      1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
    559      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    560      1.1     skrll 	}
    561      1.1     skrll 
    562      1.1     skrll       /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
    563      1.1     skrll 	 being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
    564      1.1     skrll 	 actually being called.  */
    565      1.1     skrll       for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
    566      1.1     skrll 	if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
    567      1.1     skrll 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
    568      1.9  christos 	  break;
    569      1.9  christos       if (irelfn >= irelend)
    570  1.9.2.1  christos 	{
    571  1.9.2.1  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    572      1.1     skrll 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    573      1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: could not find expected reloc"),
    574      1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    575      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    576      1.1     skrll 	}
    577      1.1     skrll 
    578      1.1     skrll       /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
    579      1.1     skrll       if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
    580      1.1     skrll 	{
    581      1.1     skrll 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
    582      1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
    583      1.1     skrll 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
    584      1.1     skrll 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
    585      1.1     skrll 					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
    586      1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
    587      1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
    588      1.1     skrll 	}
    589      1.1     skrll 
    590      1.1     skrll       /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
    591      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    592      1.1     skrll 	{
    593      1.1     skrll 	  /* A local symbol.  */
    594      1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
    595      1.1     skrll 
    596      1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
    597      1.9  christos 	  if (isym->st_shndx
    598      1.9  christos 	      != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
    599  1.9.2.1  christos 	    {
    600  1.9.2.1  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
    601      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
    602      1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
    603      1.1     skrll 		 abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    604      1.1     skrll 	      continue;
    605      1.1     skrll 	    }
    606      1.1     skrll 
    607      1.1     skrll 	  symval = (isym->st_value
    608      1.1     skrll 		    + sec->output_section->vma
    609      1.1     skrll 		    + sec->output_offset);
    610      1.1     skrll 	}
    611      1.1     skrll       else
    612      1.1     skrll 	{
    613      1.1     skrll 	  unsigned long indx;
    614      1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
    615      1.1     skrll 
    616      1.1     skrll 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
    617      1.1     skrll 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
    618      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
    619      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
    620      1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
    621      1.1     skrll 	    {
    622      1.1     skrll 	      /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
    623      1.1     skrll 		 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
    624      1.1     skrll 		 regular reloc processing.  */
    625      1.1     skrll 	      continue;
    626      1.1     skrll 	    }
    627      1.1     skrll 
    628      1.1     skrll 	  symval = (h->root.u.def.value
    629      1.1     skrll 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
    630      1.1     skrll 		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
    631      1.1     skrll 	}
    632      1.1     skrll 
    633      1.1     skrll       if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
    634      1.1     skrll 	symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
    635      1.1     skrll       else
    636      1.1     skrll 	symval += irelfn->r_addend;
    637      1.1     skrll 
    638      1.1     skrll       /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
    639      1.1     skrll       foff = (symval
    640      1.1     skrll 	      - (irel->r_offset
    641      1.1     skrll 		 + sec->output_section->vma
    642      1.1     skrll 		 + sec->output_offset
    643      1.1     skrll 		 + 4));
    644      1.1     skrll       /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
    645      1.1     skrll 	 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
    646      1.1     skrll 	 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
    647      1.1     skrll 	 that.  */
    648      1.1     skrll       if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
    649      1.1     skrll 	{
    650      1.1     skrll 	  /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
    651      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    652      1.1     skrll 	}
    653      1.1     skrll 
    654      1.1     skrll       /* Shorten the function call.  */
    655      1.1     skrll 
    656      1.1     skrll       /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
    657      1.1     skrll 	 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
    658      1.1     skrll 	 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
    659      1.1     skrll 	 information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
    660      1.1     skrll 	 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
    661      1.1     skrll 	 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
    662      1.1     skrll 	 the linker is run.  */
    663      1.1     skrll 
    664      1.1     skrll       elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
    665      1.6  christos       elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    666      1.1     skrll       symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    667      1.1     skrll 
    668      1.6  christos       /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
    669      1.1     skrll 
    670      1.1     skrll       /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
    671      1.1     skrll 	 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr.  */
    672      1.1     skrll       irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
    673      1.1     skrll       /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    674      1.1     skrll 	 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
    675      1.1     skrll 	 not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
    676      1.1     skrll 	 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
    677      1.1     skrll 	 the value of the symbol is not available.  */
    678      1.1     skrll 
    679      1.6  christos       /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
    680      1.6  christos 	 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
    681      1.6  christos 	 the final link phase handle it.  */
    682      1.6  christos       if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
    683      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
    684      1.1     skrll       else
    685      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
    686      1.1     skrll 
    687      1.1     skrll       irel->r_addend = -4;
    688      1.1     skrll 
    689      1.1     skrll       /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
    690      1.1     skrll 	 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
    691      1.1     skrll 	 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
    692      1.1     skrll 	 have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
    693      1.1     skrll       irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
    694      1.1     skrll 
    695      1.1     skrll       /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
    696      1.1     skrll 	 register load.  */
    697      1.1     skrll       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
    698      1.1     skrll 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
    699      1.1     skrll 	    && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
    700      1.1     skrll 	  break;
    701      1.1     skrll       if (irelscan < irelend)
    702      1.1     skrll 	{
    703      1.1     skrll 	  /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
    704      1.1     skrll 	     and we have not yet converted that function call.
    705      1.1     skrll 	     Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
    706      1.1     skrll 	     nothing else we can do at this point.  */
    707      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    708      1.1     skrll 	}
    709      1.1     skrll 
    710      1.1     skrll       /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
    711      1.1     skrll 	 function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
    712      1.1     skrll 	 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
    713      1.1     skrll       for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
    714      1.1     skrll 	if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
    715      1.1     skrll 	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
    716      1.1     skrll 	  break;
    717      1.1     skrll 
    718      1.1     skrll       /* Delete the register load.  */
    719      1.1     skrll       if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
    720      1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
    721      1.1     skrll 
    722      1.1     skrll       /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
    723      1.1     skrll 	 other function call to come within range, we should relax
    724      1.1     skrll 	 again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
    725      1.1     skrll       *again = TRUE;
    726      1.1     skrll 
    727      1.9  christos       /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
    728      1.9  christos       if (irelcount >= irelend)
    729  1.9.2.1  christos 	{
    730  1.9.2.1  christos 	  _bfd_error_handler
    731  1.9.2.1  christos 	    /* xgettext:c-format */
    732      1.1     skrll 	    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: "
    733      1.1     skrll 	       "could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
    734      1.1     skrll 	     abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    735      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    736      1.1     skrll 	}
    737      1.1     skrll 
    738      1.1     skrll       /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
    739      1.9  christos 	 just deleted one.  */
    740  1.9.2.1  christos       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
    741  1.9.2.1  christos 	{
    742      1.1     skrll 	  /* xgettext:c-format */
    743      1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": warning: bad count"),
    744      1.1     skrll 			      abfd, (uint64_t) paddr);
    745      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
    746      1.1     skrll 	}
    747      1.1     skrll 
    748      1.1     skrll       --irelcount->r_addend;
    749      1.1     skrll 
    750      1.1     skrll       /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
    751      1.1     skrll 	 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
    752      1.1     skrll 	 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
    753      1.1     skrll       if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
    754      1.1     skrll 	{
    755      1.1     skrll 	  if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
    756      1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
    757      1.1     skrll 	}
    758      1.1     skrll 
    759      1.1     skrll       /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
    760      1.1     skrll     }
    761      1.1     skrll 
    762      1.1     skrll   /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
    763      1.1     skrll      byte boundaries.  */
    764      1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
    765      1.1     skrll       && have_code)
    766      1.1     skrll     {
    767      1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean swapped;
    768      1.1     skrll 
    769      1.1     skrll       /* Get the section contents.  */
    770      1.1     skrll       if (contents == NULL)
    771      1.1     skrll 	{
    772      1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
    773      1.1     skrll 	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    774      1.1     skrll 	  else
    775      1.1     skrll 	    {
    776      1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
    777      1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
    778      1.1     skrll 	    }
    779      1.1     skrll 	}
    780      1.1     skrll 
    781      1.1     skrll       if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
    782      1.1     skrll 				&swapped))
    783      1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
    784      1.1     skrll 
    785      1.1     skrll       if (swapped)
    786      1.1     skrll 	{
    787      1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
    788      1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    789      1.1     skrll 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    790      1.1     skrll 	}
    791      1.1     skrll     }
    792      1.1     skrll 
    793      1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL
    794      1.1     skrll       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
    795      1.1     skrll     {
    796      1.1     skrll       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
    797      1.1     skrll 	free (isymbuf);
    798      1.1     skrll       else
    799      1.1     skrll 	{
    800      1.1     skrll 	  /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
    801      1.1     skrll 	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
    802      1.1     skrll 	}
    803      1.1     skrll     }
    804      1.1     skrll 
    805      1.1     skrll   if (contents != NULL
    806      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    807      1.1     skrll     {
    808      1.1     skrll       if (! link_info->keep_memory)
    809      1.1     skrll 	free (contents);
    810      1.1     skrll       else
    811      1.1     skrll 	{
    812      1.1     skrll 	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
    813      1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
    814      1.1     skrll 	}
    815      1.1     skrll     }
    816      1.1     skrll 
    817      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
    818      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
    819      1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
    820      1.1     skrll 
    821      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
    822      1.1     skrll 
    823      1.1     skrll  error_return:
    824      1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL
    825      1.1     skrll       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
    826      1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
    827      1.1     skrll   if (contents != NULL
    828      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
    829      1.1     skrll     free (contents);
    830      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
    831      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
    832      1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
    833      1.1     skrll 
    834      1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
    835      1.1     skrll }
    836      1.1     skrll 
    837      1.1     skrll /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
    838      1.1     skrll    lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
    839      1.1     skrll    in coff-sh.c.  */
    840      1.1     skrll 
    841      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    842      1.1     skrll sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
    843      1.1     skrll 			   int count)
    844      1.1     skrll {
    845      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    846      1.1     skrll   unsigned int sec_shndx;
    847      1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *contents;
    848      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
    849      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
    850      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma toaddr;
    851      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
    852      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    853      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
    854      1.1     skrll   unsigned int symcount;
    855      1.1     skrll   asection *o;
    856      1.1     skrll 
    857      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
    858      1.1     skrll   isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
    859      1.1     skrll 
    860      1.1     skrll   sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
    861      1.9  christos 
    862      1.1     skrll   contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
    863      1.1     skrll 
    864      1.1     skrll   /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
    865      1.1     skrll      power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
    866      1.1     skrll 
    867      1.1     skrll   irelalign = NULL;
    868      1.1     skrll   toaddr = sec->size;
    869      1.1     skrll 
    870      1.1     skrll   irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
    871      1.1     skrll   irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
    872      1.1     skrll   for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
    873      1.1     skrll     {
    874      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    875      1.1     skrll 	  && irel->r_offset > addr
    876      1.1     skrll 	  && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
    877      1.1     skrll 	{
    878      1.1     skrll 	  irelalign = irel;
    879      1.1     skrll 	  toaddr = irel->r_offset;
    880      1.1     skrll 	  break;
    881      1.1     skrll 	}
    882      1.1     skrll     }
    883      1.1     skrll 
    884      1.1     skrll   /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
    885      1.1     skrll   memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
    886      1.1     skrll 	   (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
    887      1.1     skrll   if (irelalign == NULL)
    888      1.1     skrll     sec->size -= count;
    889      1.1     skrll   else
    890      1.1     skrll     {
    891      1.1     skrll       int i;
    892      1.1     skrll 
    893      1.1     skrll #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
    894      1.1     skrll 
    895      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
    896      1.1     skrll       for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
    897      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
    898      1.1     skrll     }
    899      1.1     skrll 
    900      1.1     skrll   /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
    901      1.1     skrll   for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
    902      1.1     skrll     {
    903      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
    904      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start = 0;
    905      1.1     skrll       int insn = 0;
    906      1.1     skrll       int off, adjust, oinsn;
    907      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
    908      1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean overflow;
    909      1.1     skrll 
    910      1.1     skrll       /* Get the new reloc address.  */
    911      1.1     skrll       nraddr = irel->r_offset;
    912      1.1     skrll       if ((irel->r_offset > addr
    913      1.1     skrll 	   && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
    914      1.1     skrll 	  || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    915      1.1     skrll 	      && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
    916      1.1     skrll 	nraddr -= count;
    917      1.1     skrll 
    918      1.1     skrll       /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
    919      1.1     skrll 	 case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
    920      1.1     skrll 	 represent addresses, though.  */
    921      1.1     skrll       if (irel->r_offset >= addr
    922      1.1     skrll 	  && irel->r_offset < addr + count
    923      1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
    924      1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
    925      1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
    926      1.1     skrll 	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
    927      1.1     skrll 	irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
    928      1.1     skrll 				     (int) R_SH_NONE);
    929      1.1     skrll 
    930      1.1     skrll       /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
    931      1.1     skrll 	 includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
    932      1.1     skrll       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
    933      1.1     skrll 	{
    934      1.1     skrll 	default:
    935      1.1     skrll 	  break;
    936      1.1     skrll 
    937      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
    938      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
    939      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
    940      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
    941      1.1     skrll 	  start = irel->r_offset;
    942      1.1     skrll 	  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
    943      1.1     skrll 	  break;
    944      1.1     skrll 	}
    945      1.1     skrll 
    946      1.1     skrll       switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
    947      1.1     skrll 	{
    948      1.1     skrll 	default:
    949      1.1     skrll 	  start = stop = addr;
    950      1.1     skrll 	  break;
    951      1.1     skrll 
    952      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
    953      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
    954      1.1     skrll 	     section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
    955      1.1     skrll 	     must check the addend to see it will put the value in
    956      1.1     skrll 	     range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
    957      1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    958      1.1     skrll 	    {
    959      1.1     skrll 	      isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
    960      1.1     skrll 	      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
    961      1.1     skrll 		  && (isym->st_value <= addr
    962      1.1     skrll 		      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
    963      1.1     skrll 		{
    964      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma val;
    965      1.1     skrll 
    966      1.1     skrll 		  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
    967      1.1     skrll 		    {
    968      1.1     skrll 		      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
    969      1.1     skrll 		      val += isym->st_value;
    970      1.1     skrll 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
    971      1.1     skrll 			bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
    972      1.1     skrll 		    }
    973      1.1     skrll 		  else
    974      1.1     skrll 		    {
    975      1.1     skrll 		      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
    976      1.1     skrll 		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
    977      1.1     skrll 			irel->r_addend -= count;
    978      1.1     skrll 		    }
    979      1.1     skrll 		}
    980      1.1     skrll 	    }
    981      1.1     skrll 	  start = stop = addr;
    982      1.1     skrll 	  break;
    983      1.1     skrll 
    984      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
    985      1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
    986      1.1     skrll 	  if (off & 0x80)
    987      1.1     skrll 	    off -= 0x100;
    988      1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
    989      1.1     skrll 	  break;
    990      1.1     skrll 
    991      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
    992      1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xfff;
    993      1.1     skrll 	  if (! off)
    994      1.1     skrll 	    {
    995      1.1     skrll 	      /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
    996      1.1     skrll 		 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
    997      1.1     skrll 		 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
    998      1.1     skrll 	      start = stop = addr;
    999      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1000      1.1     skrll 	  else
   1001      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1002      1.1     skrll 	      if (off & 0x800)
   1003      1.1     skrll 		off -= 0x1000;
   1004      1.1     skrll 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
   1005      1.1     skrll 
   1006      1.1     skrll 	      /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
   1007      1.1     skrll 		 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
   1008      1.1     skrll 		 start of the section.
   1009      1.1     skrll 		 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
   1010      1.1     skrll 		 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
   1011      1.1     skrll 		 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
   1012      1.1     skrll 	      if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
   1013      1.1     skrll 		irel->r_addend -= count;
   1014      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1015      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1016      1.1     skrll 
   1017      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1018      1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1019      1.1     skrll 	  stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
   1020      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1021      1.1     skrll 
   1022      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1023      1.1     skrll 	  off = insn & 0xff;
   1024      1.1     skrll 	  stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
   1025      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1026      1.1     skrll 
   1027      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH8:
   1028      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH16:
   1029      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_SWITCH32:
   1030      1.1     skrll 	  /* These relocs types represent
   1031      1.1     skrll 	       .word L2-L1
   1032      1.1     skrll 	     The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
   1033      1.1     skrll 	     address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
   1034      1.1     skrll 	     adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
   1035      1.1     skrll 	     both the r_offset field and the section contents.
   1036      1.1     skrll 	     N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
   1037      1.1     skrll 	     and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
   1038      1.1     skrll 
   1039      1.1     skrll 	  stop = irel->r_offset;
   1040      1.1     skrll 	  start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
   1041      1.1     skrll 
   1042      1.1     skrll 	  if (start > addr
   1043      1.1     skrll 	      && start < toaddr
   1044      1.1     skrll 	      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1045      1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_addend += count;
   1046      1.1     skrll 	  else if (stop > addr
   1047      1.1     skrll 		   && stop < toaddr
   1048      1.1     skrll 		   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1049      1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_addend -= count;
   1050      1.1     skrll 
   1051      1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
   1052      1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1053      1.1     skrll 	  else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
   1054      1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1055      1.1     skrll 	  else
   1056      1.1     skrll 	    voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
   1057      1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
   1058      1.1     skrll 
   1059      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1060      1.1     skrll 
   1061      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_USES:
   1062      1.1     skrll 	  start = irel->r_offset;
   1063      1.1     skrll 	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
   1064      1.1     skrll 			    + (long) irel->r_addend
   1065      1.1     skrll 			    + 4);
   1066      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1067      1.1     skrll 	}
   1068      1.1     skrll 
   1069      1.1     skrll       if (start > addr
   1070      1.1     skrll 	  && start < toaddr
   1071      1.1     skrll 	  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1072      1.1     skrll 	adjust = count;
   1073      1.1     skrll       else if (stop > addr
   1074      1.1     skrll 	       && stop < toaddr
   1075      1.1     skrll 	       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1076      1.1     skrll 	adjust = - count;
   1077      1.1     skrll       else
   1078      1.1     skrll 	adjust = 0;
   1079      1.1     skrll 
   1080      1.1     skrll       if (adjust != 0)
   1081      1.1     skrll 	{
   1082      1.1     skrll 	  oinsn = insn;
   1083      1.1     skrll 	  overflow = FALSE;
   1084      1.1     skrll 	  switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
   1085      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1086      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1087      1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   1088      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1089      1.1     skrll 
   1090      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1091      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1092      1.1     skrll 	      insn += adjust / 2;
   1093      1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1094      1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1095      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1096      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1097      1.1     skrll 
   1098      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_IND12W:
   1099      1.1     skrll 	      insn += adjust / 2;
   1100      1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
   1101      1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1102      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1103      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1104      1.1     skrll 
   1105      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1106      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
   1107      1.1     skrll 	      if (count >= 4)
   1108      1.1     skrll 		insn += adjust / 4;
   1109      1.1     skrll 	      else
   1110      1.1     skrll 		{
   1111      1.1     skrll 		  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
   1112      1.1     skrll 		    ++insn;
   1113      1.1     skrll 		}
   1114      1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1115      1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1116      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
   1117      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1118      1.1     skrll 
   1119      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_SWITCH8:
   1120      1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1121      1.1     skrll 	      if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
   1122      1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1123      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
   1124      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1125      1.1     skrll 
   1126      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_SWITCH16:
   1127      1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1128      1.1     skrll 	      if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
   1129      1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1130      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
   1131      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1132      1.1     skrll 
   1133      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_SWITCH32:
   1134      1.1     skrll 	      voff += adjust;
   1135      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
   1136      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1137      1.1     skrll 
   1138      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_USES:
   1139      1.1     skrll 	      irel->r_addend += adjust;
   1140      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1141      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1142      1.9  christos 
   1143      1.9  christos 	  if (overflow)
   1144  1.9.2.1  christos 	    {
   1145  1.9.2.1  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1146      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1147      1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
   1148      1.1     skrll 		 abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
   1149      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1150      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1151      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1152      1.1     skrll 	}
   1153      1.1     skrll 
   1154      1.1     skrll       irel->r_offset = nraddr;
   1155      1.1     skrll     }
   1156      1.1     skrll 
   1157      1.1     skrll   /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
   1158      1.1     skrll      relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
   1159      1.1     skrll      below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
   1160      1.1     skrll   for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
   1161      1.1     skrll     {
   1162      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
   1163      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
   1164      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *ocontents;
   1165      1.1     skrll 
   1166      1.1     skrll       if (o == sec
   1167      1.1     skrll 	  || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
   1168      1.1     skrll 	  || o->reloc_count == 0)
   1169      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1170      1.1     skrll 
   1171      1.1     skrll       /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
   1172      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
   1173      1.1     skrll 	 leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1174      1.1     skrll       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   1175      1.1     skrll 			 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
   1176      1.1     skrll       if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   1177      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   1178      1.1     skrll 
   1179      1.1     skrll       ocontents = NULL;
   1180      1.1     skrll       irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
   1181      1.1     skrll       for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
   1182      1.1     skrll 	{
   1183      1.1     skrll 	  /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
   1184      1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
   1185      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1186      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma start, stop;
   1187      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_signed_vma voff;
   1188      1.1     skrll 
   1189      1.1     skrll 	      if (ocontents == NULL)
   1190      1.1     skrll 		{
   1191      1.1     skrll 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   1192      1.1     skrll 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
   1193      1.1     skrll 		  else
   1194      1.1     skrll 		    {
   1195      1.1     skrll 		      /* We always cache the section contents.
   1196      1.1     skrll 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
   1197      1.1     skrll 			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
   1198      1.1     skrll 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1199      1.1     skrll 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
   1200      1.1     skrll 			{
   1201      1.1     skrll 			  if (ocontents != NULL)
   1202      1.1     skrll 			    free (ocontents);
   1203      1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   1204      1.1     skrll 			}
   1205      1.1     skrll 
   1206      1.1     skrll 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
   1207      1.1     skrll 		    }
   1208      1.1     skrll 		}
   1209      1.1     skrll 
   1210      1.1     skrll 	      stop = irelscan->r_offset;
   1211      1.1     skrll 	      start
   1212      1.1     skrll 		= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
   1213      1.1     skrll 
   1214      1.1     skrll 	      /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
   1215      1.1     skrll 	      if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
   1216      1.1     skrll 		irelscan->r_addend += count;
   1217      1.1     skrll 
   1218      1.1     skrll 	      voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1219      1.1     skrll 	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
   1220      1.1     skrll 
   1221      1.1     skrll 	      if (start > addr
   1222      1.1     skrll 		  && start < toaddr
   1223      1.1     skrll 		  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
   1224      1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
   1225      1.1     skrll 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1226      1.1     skrll 	      else if (stop > addr
   1227      1.1     skrll 		       && stop < toaddr
   1228      1.1     skrll 		       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
   1229      1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
   1230      1.1     skrll 				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1231      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1232      1.1     skrll 
   1233      1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
   1234      1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1235      1.1     skrll 
   1236      1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1237      1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   1238      1.1     skrll 
   1239      1.1     skrll 
   1240      1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
   1241      1.1     skrll 	  if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1242      1.1     skrll 	      && (isym->st_value <= addr
   1243      1.1     skrll 		  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
   1244      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1245      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma val;
   1246      1.1     skrll 
   1247      1.1     skrll 	      if (ocontents == NULL)
   1248      1.1     skrll 		{
   1249      1.1     skrll 		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
   1250      1.1     skrll 		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
   1251      1.1     skrll 		  else
   1252      1.1     skrll 		    {
   1253      1.1     skrll 		      /* We always cache the section contents.
   1254      1.1     skrll 			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
   1255      1.1     skrll 			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
   1256      1.1     skrll 			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
   1257      1.1     skrll 		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
   1258      1.1     skrll 			{
   1259      1.1     skrll 			  if (ocontents != NULL)
   1260      1.1     skrll 			    free (ocontents);
   1261      1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   1262      1.1     skrll 			}
   1263      1.1     skrll 
   1264      1.1     skrll 		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
   1265      1.1     skrll 		    }
   1266      1.1     skrll 		}
   1267      1.1     skrll 
   1268      1.1     skrll 	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1269      1.1     skrll 	      val += isym->st_value;
   1270      1.1     skrll 	      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
   1271      1.1     skrll 		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
   1272      1.1     skrll 			    ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
   1273      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1274      1.1     skrll 	}
   1275      1.1     skrll     }
   1276      1.1     skrll 
   1277      1.1     skrll   /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
   1278      1.1     skrll   isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   1279      1.1     skrll   for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
   1280      1.1     skrll     {
   1281      1.1     skrll       if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
   1282      1.1     skrll 	  && isym->st_value > addr
   1283      1.1     skrll 	  && isym->st_value < toaddr)
   1284      1.1     skrll 	isym->st_value -= count;
   1285      1.1     skrll     }
   1286      1.1     skrll 
   1287      1.1     skrll   /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
   1288      1.1     skrll   symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
   1289      1.1     skrll 	      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   1290      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   1291      1.1     skrll   end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
   1292      1.1     skrll   for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
   1293      1.1     skrll     {
   1294      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
   1295      1.1     skrll       if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   1296      1.1     skrll 	   || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   1297      1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
   1298      1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
   1299      1.1     skrll 	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
   1300      1.1     skrll 	{
   1301      1.1     skrll 	  sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
   1302      1.1     skrll 	}
   1303      1.1     skrll     }
   1304      1.1     skrll 
   1305      1.1     skrll   /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
   1306      1.1     skrll      r_offset for it already.  */
   1307      1.1     skrll   if (irelalign != NULL)
   1308      1.1     skrll     {
   1309      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
   1310      1.1     skrll 
   1311      1.1     skrll       alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
   1312      1.1     skrll       alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
   1313      1.1     skrll 			     1 << irelalign->r_addend);
   1314      1.1     skrll       if (alignto != alignaddr)
   1315      1.1     skrll 	{
   1316      1.1     skrll 	  /* Tail recursion.  */
   1317      1.1     skrll 	  return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
   1318      1.1     skrll 					    (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
   1319      1.1     skrll 	}
   1320      1.1     skrll     }
   1321      1.1     skrll 
   1322      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1323      1.1     skrll }
   1324      1.1     skrll 
   1325      1.1     skrll /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
   1326      1.1     skrll    boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
   1327      1.1     skrll 
   1328      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1329      1.1     skrll sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
   1330      1.1     skrll 		    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
   1331      1.1     skrll 		    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   1332      1.1     skrll 		    bfd_boolean *pswapped)
   1333      1.1     skrll {
   1334      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   1335      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
   1336      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
   1337      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt;
   1338      1.1     skrll 
   1339      1.1     skrll   *pswapped = FALSE;
   1340      1.1     skrll 
   1341      1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1342      1.1     skrll 
   1343      1.1     skrll   /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
   1344      1.1     skrll   amt = sec->reloc_count;
   1345      1.1     skrll   amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
   1346      1.1     skrll   labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
   1347      1.1     skrll   if (labels == NULL)
   1348      1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   1349      1.1     skrll   label_end = labels;
   1350      1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1351      1.1     skrll     {
   1352      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
   1353      1.1     skrll 	{
   1354      1.1     skrll 	  *label_end = irel->r_offset;
   1355      1.1     skrll 	  ++label_end;
   1356      1.1     skrll 	}
   1357      1.1     skrll     }
   1358      1.1     skrll 
   1359      1.1     skrll   /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
   1360      1.1     skrll      address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
   1361      1.1     skrll      the label values and the relocs.  */
   1362      1.1     skrll 
   1363      1.1     skrll   label = labels;
   1364      1.1     skrll 
   1365      1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1366      1.1     skrll     {
   1367      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma start, stop;
   1368      1.1     skrll 
   1369      1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
   1370      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1371      1.1     skrll 
   1372      1.1     skrll       start = irel->r_offset;
   1373      1.1     skrll 
   1374      1.1     skrll       for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1375      1.1     skrll 	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
   1376      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1377      1.1     skrll       if (irel < irelend)
   1378      1.1     skrll 	stop = irel->r_offset;
   1379      1.1     skrll       else
   1380      1.1     skrll 	stop = sec->size;
   1381      1.1     skrll 
   1382      1.1     skrll       if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
   1383      1.1     skrll 				     internal_relocs, &label,
   1384      1.1     skrll 				     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
   1385      1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   1386      1.1     skrll     }
   1387      1.1     skrll 
   1388      1.1     skrll   free (labels);
   1389      1.1     skrll 
   1390      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1391      1.1     skrll 
   1392      1.1     skrll  error_return:
   1393      1.1     skrll   if (labels != NULL)
   1394      1.1     skrll     free (labels);
   1395      1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
   1396      1.1     skrll }
   1397      1.1     skrll 
   1398      1.1     skrll /* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
   1399      1.1     skrll 
   1400      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1401      1.1     skrll sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
   1402      1.1     skrll 		   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
   1403      1.1     skrll {
   1404      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
   1405      1.1     skrll   unsigned short i1, i2;
   1406      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   1407      1.1     skrll 
   1408      1.1     skrll   /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
   1409      1.1     skrll   i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
   1410      1.1     skrll   i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
   1411      1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
   1412      1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
   1413      1.1     skrll 
   1414      1.1     skrll   /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
   1415      1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   1416      1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
   1417      1.1     skrll     {
   1418      1.1     skrll       enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
   1419      1.1     skrll       int add;
   1420      1.1     skrll 
   1421      1.1     skrll       /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
   1422      1.1     skrll 	 adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
   1423      1.1     skrll 	 but are only associated with the address.  */
   1424      1.1     skrll       type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
   1425      1.1     skrll       if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
   1426      1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_CODE
   1427      1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_DATA
   1428      1.1     skrll 	  || type == R_SH_LABEL)
   1429      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1430      1.1     skrll 
   1431      1.1     skrll       /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
   1432      1.1     skrll 	 swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
   1433      1.1     skrll 	 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
   1434      1.1     skrll 	 instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
   1435      1.1     skrll 	 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
   1436      1.1     skrll 	 instruction it shouldn't).  */
   1437      1.1     skrll       if (type == R_SH_USES)
   1438      1.1     skrll 	{
   1439      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_vma off;
   1440      1.1     skrll 
   1441      1.1     skrll 	  off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
   1442      1.1     skrll 	  if (off == addr)
   1443      1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_offset += 2;
   1444      1.1     skrll 	  else if (off == addr + 2)
   1445      1.1     skrll 	    irel->r_offset -= 2;
   1446      1.1     skrll 	}
   1447      1.1     skrll 
   1448      1.1     skrll       if (irel->r_offset == addr)
   1449      1.1     skrll 	{
   1450      1.1     skrll 	  irel->r_offset += 2;
   1451      1.1     skrll 	  add = -2;
   1452      1.1     skrll 	}
   1453      1.1     skrll       else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
   1454      1.1     skrll 	{
   1455      1.1     skrll 	  irel->r_offset -= 2;
   1456      1.1     skrll 	  add = 2;
   1457      1.1     skrll 	}
   1458      1.1     skrll       else
   1459      1.1     skrll 	add = 0;
   1460      1.1     skrll 
   1461      1.1     skrll       if (add != 0)
   1462      1.1     skrll 	{
   1463      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_byte *loc;
   1464      1.1     skrll 	  unsigned short insn, oinsn;
   1465      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean overflow;
   1466      1.1     skrll 
   1467      1.1     skrll 	  loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
   1468      1.1     skrll 	  overflow = FALSE;
   1469      1.1     skrll 	  switch (type)
   1470      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1471      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   1472      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1473      1.1     skrll 
   1474      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   1475      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   1476      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1477      1.1     skrll 	      oinsn = insn;
   1478      1.1     skrll 	      insn += add / 2;
   1479      1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1480      1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1481      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1482      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1483      1.1     skrll 
   1484      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_IND12W:
   1485      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1486      1.1     skrll 	      oinsn = insn;
   1487      1.1     skrll 	      insn += add / 2;
   1488      1.1     skrll 	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
   1489      1.1     skrll 		overflow = TRUE;
   1490      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1491      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1492      1.1     skrll 
   1493      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   1494      1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
   1495      1.1     skrll 		 the program counter before adding in the offset.
   1496      1.1     skrll 		 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
   1497      1.1     skrll 		 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
   1498      1.1     skrll 		 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
   1499      1.1     skrll 		 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
   1500      1.1     skrll 	      if ((addr & 3) != 0)
   1501      1.1     skrll 		{
   1502      1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
   1503      1.1     skrll 		  oinsn = insn;
   1504      1.1     skrll 		  insn += add / 2;
   1505      1.1     skrll 		  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
   1506      1.1     skrll 		    overflow = TRUE;
   1507      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
   1508      1.1     skrll 		}
   1509      1.1     skrll 
   1510      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1511      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1512      1.9  christos 
   1513      1.9  christos 	  if (overflow)
   1514  1.9.2.1  christos 	    {
   1515  1.9.2.1  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   1516      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   1517      1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
   1518      1.1     skrll 		 abfd, (uint64_t) irel->r_offset);
   1519      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1520      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1521      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1522      1.1     skrll 	}
   1523      1.1     skrll     }
   1524      1.1     skrll 
   1525      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1526      1.1     skrll }
   1527      1.1     skrll 
   1528      1.1     skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
   1530      1.1     skrll 
   1531      1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_plt_info
   1532      1.1     skrll {
   1533      1.1     skrll   /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
   1534      1.1     skrll      first entry.  */
   1535      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
   1536      1.1     skrll 
   1537      1.1     skrll   /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
   1538      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
   1539      1.1     skrll 
   1540      1.1     skrll   /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
   1541      1.1     skrll      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
   1542      1.1     skrll      if there is no such pointer.  */
   1543      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
   1544      1.1     skrll 
   1545      1.1     skrll   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
   1546      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
   1547      1.1     skrll 
   1548      1.1     skrll   /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
   1549      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
   1550      1.1     skrll 
   1551      1.1     skrll   /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
   1552      1.1     skrll      on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
   1553      1.1     skrll      that the field must hold.  */
   1554      1.3  christos   struct {
   1555      1.3  christos     bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
   1556      1.3  christos     bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
   1557      1.1     skrll     bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
   1558      1.1     skrll     bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
   1559      1.1     skrll 			  instruction (instead of a constant pool
   1560      1.1     skrll 			  entry).  */
   1561      1.3  christos   } symbol_fields;
   1562      1.3  christos 
   1563      1.3  christos   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
   1564      1.3  christos   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
   1565      1.3  christos 
   1566      1.1     skrll   /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
   1567      1.1     skrll      MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
   1568      1.1     skrll      other cases.  */
   1569      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
   1570      1.1     skrll };
   1571      1.1     skrll 
   1572      1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   1573      1.1     skrll 
   1574      1.1     skrll #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
   1575      1.1     skrll 
   1576      1.1     skrll /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1577      1.1     skrll 
   1578      1.1     skrll /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
   1579      1.1     skrll    GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
   1580      1.1     skrll    corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
   1581      1.1     skrll    to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
   1582      1.1     skrll    and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
   1583      1.1     skrll    ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
   1584      1.1     skrll    since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
   1585      1.1     skrll    greater than or equal to 12.  */
   1586      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1587      1.1     skrll {
   1588      1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x05,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
   1589      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1590      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x06,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
   1591      1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x03,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1592      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1593      1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1594      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xf6,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
   1595      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1596      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1597      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1598      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
   1599      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
   1600      1.1     skrll };
   1601      1.1     skrll 
   1602      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1603      1.1     skrll {
   1604      1.1     skrll   0x05, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
   1605      1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1606      1.1     skrll   0x06, 0x2f,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
   1607      1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1608      1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1609      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1610      1.1     skrll   0xf6, 0x60,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
   1611      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1612      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1613      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1614      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
   1615      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
   1616      1.1     skrll };
   1617      1.1     skrll 
   1618      1.1     skrll /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
   1619      1.1     skrll    this.  */
   1620      1.1     skrll 
   1621      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1622      1.1     skrll {
   1623      1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1624      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1625      1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x02,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
   1626      1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
   1627      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x13,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
   1628      1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1629      1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1630      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1631      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
   1632      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1633      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1634      1.1     skrll };
   1635      1.1     skrll 
   1636      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1637      1.1     skrll {
   1638      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1639      1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1640      1.1     skrll   0x02, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
   1641      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
   1642      1.1     skrll   0x13, 0x60,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
   1643      1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1644      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1645      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1646      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
   1647      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1648      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1649      1.1     skrll };
   1650      1.1     skrll 
   1651      1.1     skrll /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
   1652      1.1     skrll 
   1653      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1654      1.1     skrll {
   1655      1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1656      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1657      1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1658      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/*  nop */
   1659      1.1     skrll   0x50, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
   1660      1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1661      1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1662      1.1     skrll   0x50, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
   1663      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1664      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1665      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1666      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1667      1.1     skrll };
   1668      1.1     skrll 
   1669      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1670      1.1     skrll {
   1671      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
   1672      1.1     skrll   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1673      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1674      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1675      1.1     skrll   0xc2, 0x50,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
   1676      1.1     skrll   0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
   1677      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1678      1.1     skrll   0xc1, 0x50,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
   1679      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
   1680      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1681      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1682      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1683      1.1     skrll };
   1684      1.1     skrll 
   1685      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   1686      1.1     skrll   {
   1687      1.1     skrll     {
   1688      1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   1689      1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1690      1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1691      1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
   1692      1.3  christos       elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1693      1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1694      1.1     skrll       { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
   1695      1.1     skrll       8,
   1696      1.1     skrll       NULL
   1697      1.1     skrll     },
   1698      1.1     skrll     {
   1699      1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   1700      1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1701      1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1702      1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
   1703      1.3  christos       elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1704      1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1705      1.1     skrll       { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
   1706      1.1     skrll       8,
   1707      1.1     skrll       NULL
   1708      1.1     skrll     },
   1709      1.1     skrll   },
   1710      1.1     skrll   {
   1711      1.1     skrll     {
   1712      1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1713      1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1714      1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1715      1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1716      1.3  christos       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   1717      1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1718      1.1     skrll       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
   1719      1.1     skrll       8,
   1720      1.1     skrll       NULL
   1721      1.1     skrll     },
   1722      1.1     skrll     {
   1723      1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1724      1.1     skrll       elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1725      1.3  christos       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1726      1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1727      1.3  christos       elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   1728      1.1     skrll       ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1729      1.1     skrll       { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
   1730      1.1     skrll       8,
   1731      1.1     skrll       NULL
   1732      1.1     skrll     },
   1733      1.1     skrll   }
   1734      1.1     skrll };
   1735      1.1     skrll 
   1736      1.1     skrll #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
   1737      1.1     skrll #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
   1738      1.1     skrll 
   1739      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
   1740      1.1     skrll {
   1741      1.1     skrll   0xd1, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
   1742      1.1     skrll   0x61, 0x12,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
   1743      1.1     skrll   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1744      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1745      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
   1746      1.1     skrll };
   1747      1.1     skrll 
   1748      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
   1749      1.1     skrll {
   1750      1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd1,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
   1751      1.1     skrll   0x12, 0x61,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
   1752      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1753      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1754      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
   1755      1.1     skrll };
   1756      1.1     skrll 
   1757      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1758      1.1     skrll {
   1759      1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1760      1.1     skrll   0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1761      1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1762      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1763      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1764      1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1765      1.1     skrll   0xa0, 0x00,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
   1766      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1767      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1768      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1769      1.1     skrll };
   1770      1.1     skrll 
   1771      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1772      1.1     skrll {
   1773      1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1774      1.1     skrll   0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
   1775      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1776      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1777      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
   1778      1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1779      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xa0,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
   1780      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1781      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1782      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1783      1.1     skrll };
   1784      1.1     skrll 
   1785      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1786      1.1     skrll {
   1787      1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1788      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1789      1.1     skrll   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1790      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1791      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
   1792      1.1     skrll   0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1793      1.1     skrll   0x51, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
   1794      1.1     skrll   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1795      1.1     skrll   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1796      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1797      1.1     skrll };
   1798      1.1     skrll 
   1799      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1800      1.1     skrll {
   1801      1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1802      1.1     skrll   0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
   1803      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1804      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1805      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
   1806      1.1     skrll   0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
   1807      1.1     skrll   0xc2, 0x51,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
   1808      1.1     skrll   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1809      1.1     skrll   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1810      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1811      1.1     skrll };
   1812      1.1     skrll 
   1813      1.1     skrll static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
   1814      1.1     skrll   {
   1815      1.1     skrll     {
   1816      1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
   1817      1.1     skrll       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
   1818      1.3  christos       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1819      1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
   1820      1.3  christos       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1821      1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1822      1.1     skrll       { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
   1823      1.1     skrll       12,
   1824      1.1     skrll       NULL
   1825      1.1     skrll     },
   1826      1.1     skrll     {
   1827      1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
   1828      1.1     skrll       vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
   1829      1.3  christos       VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
   1830      1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
   1831      1.3  christos       vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1832      1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1833      1.1     skrll       { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
   1834      1.1     skrll       12,
   1835      1.1     skrll       NULL
   1836      1.1     skrll     },
   1837      1.1     skrll   },
   1838      1.1     skrll   {
   1839      1.1     skrll     {
   1840      1.1     skrll       /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1841      1.1     skrll       NULL,
   1842      1.3  christos       0,
   1843      1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1844      1.3  christos       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
   1845      1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1846      1.1     skrll       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
   1847      1.1     skrll       12,
   1848      1.1     skrll       NULL
   1849      1.1     skrll     },
   1850      1.1     skrll     {
   1851      1.1     skrll       /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1852      1.1     skrll       NULL,
   1853      1.3  christos       0,
   1854      1.3  christos       { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1855      1.3  christos       vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
   1856      1.1     skrll       VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1857      1.1     skrll       { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
   1858      1.1     skrll       12,
   1859      1.1     skrll       NULL
   1860      1.3  christos     },
   1861      1.3  christos   }
   1862      1.3  christos };
   1863      1.3  christos 
   1864      1.3  christos /* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
   1865      1.3  christos    binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
   1866      1.3  christos    and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
   1867      1.3  christos    cache behavior.  */
   1868      1.3  christos 
   1869      1.3  christos #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
   1870      1.3  christos #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
   1871      1.3  christos 
   1872      1.3  christos /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
   1873      1.3  christos    duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
   1874      1.3  christos    right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
   1875      1.3  christos    might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
   1876      1.3  christos    stubs separately.  */
   1877      1.3  christos 
   1878      1.3  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1879      1.3  christos {
   1880      1.3  christos   0xd0, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
   1881      1.3  christos   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1882      1.3  christos   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1883      1.3  christos   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1884      1.3  christos   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1885      1.3  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1886      1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
   1887      1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1888      1.3  christos   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1889      1.3  christos   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1890      1.3  christos   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1891      1.3  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1892      1.3  christos };
   1893      1.3  christos 
   1894      1.3  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1895      1.3  christos {
   1896      1.3  christos   0x02, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
   1897      1.3  christos   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1898      1.3  christos   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1899      1.3  christos   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1900      1.3  christos   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1901      1.3  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1902      1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
   1903      1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1904      1.3  christos   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1905      1.3  christos   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1906      1.3  christos   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1907      1.3  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1908      1.3  christos };
   1909      1.3  christos 
   1910      1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
   1911      1.3  christos   {
   1912      1.3  christos     /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1913      1.3  christos     NULL,
   1914      1.3  christos     0,
   1915      1.3  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1916      1.3  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
   1917      1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1918      1.3  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
   1919      1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1920      1.3  christos     NULL
   1921      1.3  christos   },
   1922      1.3  christos   {
   1923      1.3  christos     /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   1924      1.3  christos     NULL,
   1925      1.3  christos     0,
   1926      1.3  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1927      1.3  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
   1928      1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1929      1.3  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
   1930      1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1931      1.3  christos     NULL
   1932      1.3  christos   },
   1933      1.3  christos };
   1934      1.3  christos 
   1935      1.3  christos /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
   1936      1.3  christos    entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
   1937      1.3  christos    past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
   1938      1.3  christos    but would not be any smaller.  */
   1939      1.3  christos 
   1940      1.3  christos #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
   1941      1.3  christos #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
   1942      1.3  christos 
   1943      1.3  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1944      1.3  christos {
   1945      1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
   1946      1.3  christos   0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1947      1.3  christos   0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1948      1.3  christos   0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1949      1.3  christos   0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1950      1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1951      1.3  christos   0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1952      1.3  christos   0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1953      1.3  christos   0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1954      1.3  christos   0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
   1955      1.3  christos };
   1956      1.3  christos 
   1957      1.3  christos static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
   1958      1.3  christos {
   1959      1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
   1960      1.3  christos   0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
   1961      1.3  christos   0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
   1962      1.3  christos   0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
   1963      1.3  christos   0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
   1964      1.3  christos   0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
   1965      1.3  christos   0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
   1966      1.3  christos   0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
   1967      1.3  christos   0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
   1968      1.3  christos   0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
   1969      1.3  christos };
   1970      1.3  christos 
   1971      1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
   1972      1.3  christos   /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
   1973      1.3  christos   NULL,
   1974      1.3  christos   0,
   1975      1.3  christos   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1976      1.3  christos   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
   1977      1.3  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1978      1.3  christos   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
   1979      1.3  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1980      1.3  christos   NULL
   1981      1.3  christos };
   1982      1.3  christos 
   1983      1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
   1984      1.3  christos   /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
   1985      1.3  christos   NULL,
   1986      1.3  christos   0,
   1987      1.3  christos   { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   1988      1.3  christos   fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
   1989      1.3  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   1990      1.3  christos   { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
   1991      1.3  christos   FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   1992      1.3  christos   NULL
   1993      1.3  christos };
   1994      1.3  christos 
   1995      1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
   1996      1.3  christos   {
   1997      1.3  christos     /* Big-endian PIC.  */
   1998      1.3  christos     NULL,
   1999      1.3  christos     0,
   2000      1.3  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2001      1.3  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
   2002      1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2003      1.3  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
   2004      1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2005      1.3  christos     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
   2006      1.3  christos   },
   2007      1.3  christos   {
   2008      1.3  christos     /* Little-endian PIC.  */
   2009      1.3  christos     NULL,
   2010      1.3  christos     0,
   2011      1.3  christos     { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
   2012      1.3  christos     fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
   2013      1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
   2014      1.3  christos     { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
   2015      1.3  christos     FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
   2016      1.1     skrll     &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
   2017      1.1     skrll   },
   2018      1.1     skrll };
   2019      1.1     skrll 
   2020      1.3  christos /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
   2021      1.1     skrll    the object is position-independent.  */
   2022      1.3  christos 
   2023      1.3  christos static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
   2024      1.3  christos get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
   2025      1.3  christos {
   2026      1.3  christos   if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
   2027      1.3  christos     {
   2028      1.3  christos       /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
   2029      1.3  christos 	 sequence.  */
   2030      1.3  christos       if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
   2031      1.1     skrll 	return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2032      1.1     skrll       else
   2033      1.1     skrll 	return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2034      1.1     skrll     }
   2035      1.1     skrll   if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
   2036      1.1     skrll     return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2037      1.1     skrll   return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
   2038      1.1     skrll }
   2039      1.1     skrll 
   2040      1.1     skrll /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   2041      1.1     skrll    VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
   2042      1.1     skrll    not data.  */
   2043      1.1     skrll 
   2044      1.1     skrll inline static void
   2045      1.1     skrll install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2046      1.1     skrll 		   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
   2047      1.3  christos {
   2048      1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
   2049      1.3  christos }
   2050      1.3  christos 
   2051      1.3  christos /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
   2052      1.3  christos    Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
   2053      1.1     skrll    20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
   2054      1.1     skrll    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   2055      1.1     skrll #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
   2056      1.1     skrll 
   2057      1.1     skrll /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
   2058      1.3  christos 
   2059      1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2060      1.3  christos get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
   2061      1.3  christos {
   2062      1.3  christos   bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
   2063      1.3  christos 
   2064      1.3  christos   offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
   2065      1.3  christos   if (info->short_plt != NULL)
   2066      1.3  christos     {
   2067      1.3  christos       if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
   2068      1.3  christos 	{
   2069      1.3  christos 	  plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
   2070      1.3  christos 	  offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
   2071      1.3  christos 	}
   2072      1.1     skrll       else
   2073      1.1     skrll 	info = info->short_plt;
   2074      1.1     skrll     }
   2075      1.1     skrll   return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
   2076      1.1     skrll }
   2077      1.3  christos 
   2078      1.1     skrll /* Do the inverse operation.  */
   2079      1.3  christos 
   2080      1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2081      1.3  christos get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
   2082      1.3  christos {
   2083      1.3  christos   bfd_vma offset = 0;
   2084      1.3  christos 
   2085      1.3  christos   if (info->short_plt != NULL)
   2086      1.3  christos     {
   2087      1.3  christos       if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
   2088      1.3  christos 	{
   2089      1.3  christos 	  offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
   2090      1.3  christos 	  plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
   2091      1.3  christos 	}
   2092      1.3  christos       else
   2093      1.1     skrll 	info = info->short_plt;
   2094      1.1     skrll     }
   2095      1.3  christos   return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
   2096      1.3  christos 	  + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
   2097      1.3  christos }
   2098      1.3  christos 
   2099      1.3  christos union gotref
   2100      1.3  christos {
   2101      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2102      1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
   2103      1.1     skrll };
   2104      1.1     skrll 
   2105      1.1     skrll /* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
   2106      1.1     skrll 
   2107      1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
   2108      1.9  christos {
   2109      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
   2110      1.1     skrll 
   2111      1.1     skrll   /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
   2112      1.3  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
   2113      1.3  christos 
   2114      1.3  christos   bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
   2115      1.3  christos 
   2116      1.3  christos   /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
   2117      1.3  christos      R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
   2118      1.3  christos      relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
   2119      1.3  christos      for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
   2120      1.3  christos      MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
   2121      1.3  christos      managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
   2122      1.3  christos      During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
   2123      1.3  christos      descriptor will be canonical.  */
   2124      1.3  christos   union gotref funcdesc;
   2125      1.3  christos 
   2126      1.4  christos   /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
   2127      1.3  christos      and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
   2128      1.3  christos   bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
   2129      1.1     skrll 
   2130      1.1     skrll   enum got_type {
   2131      1.1     skrll     GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
   2132      1.1     skrll   } got_type;
   2133      1.1     skrll };
   2134      1.1     skrll 
   2135      1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
   2136      1.1     skrll 
   2137      1.3  christos struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
   2138      1.3  christos {
   2139      1.3  christos   struct elf_obj_tdata root;
   2140      1.3  christos 
   2141      1.3  christos   /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
   2142      1.1     skrll   char *local_got_type;
   2143      1.1     skrll 
   2144      1.1     skrll   /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
   2145      1.1     skrll   union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   2146      1.1     skrll };
   2147      1.3  christos 
   2148      1.3  christos #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
   2149      1.3  christos   ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
   2150      1.3  christos 
   2151      1.3  christos #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
   2152      1.1     skrll   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
   2153      1.1     skrll 
   2154      1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
   2155      1.1     skrll   (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
   2156      1.3  christos 
   2157      1.1     skrll #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
   2158      1.1     skrll   (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
   2159      1.1     skrll    && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
   2160      1.1     skrll    && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
   2161      1.1     skrll 
   2162      1.1     skrll /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
   2163      1.1     skrll    as the specific tdata.  */
   2164      1.1     skrll 
   2165      1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2166      1.1     skrll sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
   2167      1.1     skrll {
   2168      1.1     skrll   return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
   2169      1.1     skrll 				  SH_ELF_DATA);
   2170      1.1     skrll }
   2171      1.1     skrll 
   2172      1.1     skrll /* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2173      1.1     skrll 
   2174      1.1     skrll struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
   2175      1.1     skrll {
   2176      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
   2177      1.3  christos 
   2178      1.3  christos   /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
   2179      1.3  christos   asection *sdynbss;
   2180      1.1     skrll   asection *srelbss;
   2181      1.1     skrll   asection *sfuncdesc;
   2182      1.1     skrll   asection *srelfuncdesc;
   2183      1.1     skrll   asection *srofixup;
   2184      1.3  christos 
   2185      1.3  christos   /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
   2186      1.1     skrll   asection *srelplt2;
   2187      1.1     skrll 
   2188      1.1     skrll   /* Small local sym cache.  */
   2189      1.1     skrll   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
   2190      1.1     skrll 
   2191      1.1     skrll   /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
   2192      1.1     skrll   union
   2193      1.1     skrll     {
   2194      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma refcount;
   2195      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma offset;
   2196      1.1     skrll     } tls_ldm_got;
   2197      1.1     skrll 
   2198      1.1     skrll   /* The type of PLT to use.  */
   2199      1.3  christos   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   2200      1.3  christos 
   2201      1.3  christos   /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
   2202      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
   2203      1.1     skrll 
   2204      1.1     skrll   /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
   2205      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
   2206      1.1     skrll };
   2207      1.1     skrll 
   2208      1.1     skrll /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2209      1.1     skrll 
   2210      1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
   2211      1.1     skrll   (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
   2212      1.1     skrll    (&(table)->root,							\
   2213      1.1     skrll     (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
   2214      1.1     skrll     (info)))
   2215      1.3  christos 
   2216      1.3  christos /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
   2217      1.1     skrll 
   2218      1.1     skrll #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
   2219      1.1     skrll   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
   2220      1.1     skrll   == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
   2221      1.1     skrll 
   2222      1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2223      1.1     skrll 
   2224      1.1     skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *
   2225      1.1     skrll sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
   2226      1.1     skrll 			  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
   2227      1.1     skrll 			  const char *string)
   2228      1.1     skrll {
   2229      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
   2230      1.1     skrll     (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
   2231      1.1     skrll 
   2232      1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
   2233      1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
   2234      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2235      1.1     skrll     ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
   2236      1.1     skrll 	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
   2237      1.1     skrll 			      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
   2238      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2239      1.1     skrll     return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
   2240      1.1     skrll 
   2241      1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
   2242      1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
   2243      1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
   2244      1.1     skrll 				     table, string));
   2245      1.3  christos   if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
   2246      1.3  christos     {
   2247      1.3  christos       ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2248      1.1     skrll       ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2249      1.1     skrll       ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
   2250      1.1     skrll       ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
   2251      1.1     skrll       ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   2252      1.1     skrll     }
   2253      1.1     skrll 
   2254      1.1     skrll   return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
   2255      1.1     skrll }
   2256      1.1     skrll 
   2257      1.1     skrll /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
   2258      1.1     skrll 
   2259      1.1     skrll static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
   2260      1.1     skrll sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
   2261      1.4  christos {
   2262      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
   2263      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
   2264      1.1     skrll 
   2265      1.1     skrll   ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
   2266      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
   2267      1.3  christos     return NULL;
   2268      1.3  christos 
   2269      1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
   2270      1.1     skrll 				      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
   2271      1.1     skrll 				      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
   2272      1.1     skrll 				      SH_ELF_DATA))
   2273      1.1     skrll     {
   2274      1.1     skrll       free (ret);
   2275      1.3  christos       return NULL;
   2276      1.1     skrll     }
   2277      1.1     skrll 
   2278      1.1     skrll   ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
   2279      1.1     skrll   ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
   2280      1.3  christos 
   2281      1.3  christos   return &ret->root.root;
   2282      1.3  christos }
   2283      1.3  christos 
   2284      1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2285      1.3  christos sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   2286      1.3  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
   2287      1.3  christos {
   2288      1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2289      1.3  christos 
   2290      1.3  christos   /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
   2291      1.3  christos   if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   2292      1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   2293      1.3  christos 
   2294      1.3  christos   /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
   2295      1.3  christos      relocate independently.  */
   2296      1.3  christos   switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
   2297      1.3  christos     {
   2298      1.3  christos     case SHT_PROGBITS:
   2299      1.3  christos     case SHT_NOBITS:
   2300      1.3  christos       /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
   2301      1.3  christos 	 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
   2302      1.3  christos     case SHT_NULL:
   2303      1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   2304      1.3  christos 
   2305      1.3  christos       /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
   2306      1.3  christos 	 against any other section.  */
   2307      1.3  christos     default:
   2308      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2309      1.1     skrll     }
   2310      1.1     skrll }
   2311      1.1     skrll 
   2312      1.1     skrll /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
   2313      1.1     skrll    shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
   2314      1.1     skrll 
   2315      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2316      1.1     skrll create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2317      1.1     skrll {
   2318      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2319      1.1     skrll 
   2320      1.3  christos   if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2321      1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   2322      1.3  christos 
   2323      1.4  christos   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2324      1.4  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   2325      1.4  christos     return FALSE;
   2326      1.4  christos 
   2327      1.4  christos   htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
   2328      1.3  christos 							(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2329  1.9.2.2    martin 							 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2330      1.3  christos 							 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2331      1.3  christos 							 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
   2332      1.4  christos   if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
   2333      1.4  christos       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
   2334      1.4  christos     return FALSE;
   2335      1.4  christos 
   2336      1.4  christos   htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
   2337      1.4  christos 							   ".rela.got.funcdesc",
   2338      1.4  christos 							   (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2339      1.3  christos 							    | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2340  1.9.2.2    martin 							    | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2341      1.3  christos 							    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2342      1.3  christos 							    | SEC_READONLY));
   2343      1.3  christos   if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
   2344      1.4  christos       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
   2345      1.4  christos     return FALSE;
   2346      1.4  christos 
   2347      1.4  christos   /* Also create .rofixup.  */
   2348      1.4  christos   htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
   2349      1.4  christos 						       (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
   2350      1.3  christos 							| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2351  1.9.2.2    martin 							| SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2352      1.1     skrll 							| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2353      1.3  christos 							| SEC_READONLY));
   2354      1.1     skrll   if (htab->srofixup == NULL
   2355      1.1     skrll       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->srofixup, 2))
   2356      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2357      1.1     skrll 
   2358      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2359      1.1     skrll }
   2360      1.1     skrll 
   2361      1.1     skrll /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
   2362      1.1     skrll 
   2363      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2364      1.3  christos sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2365      1.1     skrll {
   2366      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2367      1.1     skrll   flagword flags, pltflags;
   2368      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2369      1.1     skrll   const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
   2370      1.1     skrll   int ptralign = 0;
   2371      1.1     skrll 
   2372      1.1     skrll   switch (bed->s->arch_size)
   2373      1.1     skrll     {
   2374      1.1     skrll     case 32:
   2375      1.1     skrll       ptralign = 2;
   2376      1.1     skrll       break;
   2377      1.1     skrll 
   2378      1.1     skrll     case 64:
   2379      1.1     skrll       ptralign = 3;
   2380      1.1     skrll       break;
   2381      1.1     skrll 
   2382      1.1     skrll     default:
   2383      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2384      1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   2385      1.3  christos     }
   2386      1.3  christos 
   2387      1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2388      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2389      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2390      1.1     skrll 
   2391      1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   2392      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2393      1.1     skrll 
   2394      1.1     skrll   /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
   2395      1.1     skrll      .rel[a].bss sections.  */
   2396      1.1     skrll 
   2397      1.1     skrll   flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
   2398      1.1     skrll 	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   2399      1.1     skrll 
   2400      1.1     skrll   pltflags = flags;
   2401      1.1     skrll   pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
   2402      1.1     skrll   if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
   2403      1.4  christos     pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
   2404      1.9  christos   if (bed->plt_readonly)
   2405      1.1     skrll     pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
   2406  1.9.2.2    martin 
   2407      1.1     skrll   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
   2408      1.1     skrll   htab->root.splt = s;
   2409      1.1     skrll   if (s == NULL
   2410      1.1     skrll       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, bed->plt_alignment))
   2411      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2412      1.1     skrll 
   2413      1.1     skrll   if (bed->want_plt_sym)
   2414      1.1     skrll     {
   2415      1.1     skrll       /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
   2416      1.1     skrll 	 .plt section.  */
   2417      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2418      1.1     skrll       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
   2419      1.1     skrll 
   2420      1.1     skrll       if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
   2421      1.1     skrll 	     (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
   2422      1.1     skrll 	      (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
   2423      1.1     skrll 	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
   2424      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2425      1.1     skrll 
   2426      1.1     skrll       h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
   2427      1.6  christos       h->def_regular = 1;
   2428      1.1     skrll       h->type = STT_OBJECT;
   2429      1.1     skrll       htab->root.hplt = h;
   2430      1.1     skrll 
   2431      1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2432      1.4  christos 	  && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2433      1.4  christos 	return FALSE;
   2434      1.4  christos     }
   2435      1.4  christos 
   2436      1.9  christos   s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
   2437      1.1     skrll 					  bed->default_use_rela_p
   2438  1.9.2.2    martin 					  ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
   2439      1.1     skrll 					  flags | SEC_READONLY);
   2440      1.1     skrll   htab->root.srelplt = s;
   2441      1.9  christos   if (s == NULL
   2442      1.1     skrll       || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
   2443      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2444      1.1     skrll 
   2445      1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
   2446      1.1     skrll       && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
   2447      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2448      1.1     skrll 
   2449      1.1     skrll   if (bed->want_dynbss)
   2450      1.1     skrll     {
   2451      1.1     skrll       /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
   2452      1.1     skrll 	 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
   2453      1.4  christos 	 not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
   2454      1.4  christos 	 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2455      1.1     skrll 	 initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
   2456      1.1     skrll 	 section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
   2457      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
   2458      1.1     skrll 					      SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
   2459      1.1     skrll       htab->sdynbss = s;
   2460      1.1     skrll       if (s == NULL)
   2461      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2462      1.1     skrll 
   2463      1.1     skrll       /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
   2464      1.1     skrll 	 normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
   2465      1.1     skrll 	 linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
   2466      1.1     skrll 	 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
   2467      1.1     skrll 	 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
   2468      1.1     skrll 	 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
   2469      1.1     skrll 	 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
   2470      1.6  christos 	 mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
   2471      1.1     skrll 	 be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
   2472      1.4  christos 	 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
   2473      1.4  christos 	 copy relocs.  */
   2474      1.4  christos       if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   2475      1.4  christos 	{
   2476      1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
   2477      1.1     skrll 						  (bed->default_use_rela_p
   2478  1.9.2.2    martin 						   ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
   2479      1.1     skrll 						  flags | SEC_READONLY);
   2480      1.1     skrll 	  htab->srelbss = s;
   2481      1.1     skrll 	  if (s == NULL
   2482      1.1     skrll 	      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, ptralign))
   2483      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2484      1.1     skrll 	}
   2485      1.1     skrll     }
   2486      1.1     skrll 
   2487      1.1     skrll   if (htab->vxworks_p)
   2488      1.1     skrll     {
   2489      1.1     skrll       if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
   2490      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2491      1.1     skrll     }
   2492      1.9  christos 
   2493      1.9  christos   return TRUE;
   2494      1.9  christos }
   2495      1.9  christos 
   2496      1.9  christos /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections.  */
   2498      1.9  christos 
   2499      1.9  christos static asection *
   2500      1.9  christos readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2501      1.9  christos {
   2502      1.9  christos   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2503      1.9  christos 
   2504      1.9  christos   for (p = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2505      1.9  christos     {
   2506      1.9  christos       asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
   2507      1.9  christos 
   2508      1.9  christos       if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   2509      1.1     skrll 	return p->sec;
   2510      1.1     skrll     }
   2511      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   2512      1.1     skrll }
   2513      1.1     skrll 
   2514      1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2515      1.1     skrll    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2516      1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2517      1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2518      1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   2519      1.1     skrll 
   2520      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2521      1.1     skrll sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2522      1.1     skrll 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2523      1.3  christos {
   2524      1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2525      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2526      1.1     skrll 
   2527      1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2528      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2529      1.5      matt     return FALSE;
   2530      1.9  christos 
   2531      1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2532      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
   2533      1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2534      1.1     skrll 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   2535      1.1     skrll 		  || h->is_weakalias
   2536      1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2537      1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2538      1.5      matt 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2539      1.1     skrll 
   2540      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2541      1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2542      1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2543      1.1     skrll   if ((h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   2544      1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   2545      1.1     skrll     {
   2546      1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
   2547      1.1     skrll 	  || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   2548      1.1     skrll 	  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2549      1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2550      1.1     skrll 	{
   2551      1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
   2552      1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   2553      1.1     skrll 	     object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
   2554      1.1     skrll 	     a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
   2555      1.1     skrll 	     reloc instead.  */
   2556      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2557      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2558      1.1     skrll 	}
   2559      1.1     skrll 
   2560      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2561      1.1     skrll     }
   2562      1.1     skrll   else
   2563      1.9  christos     h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2564      1.1     skrll 
   2565      1.9  christos   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   2566      1.9  christos      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   2567      1.9  christos      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   2568      1.9  christos   if (h->is_weakalias)
   2569      1.1     skrll     {
   2570      1.9  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
   2571      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   2572      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
   2573      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
   2574      1.1     skrll       if (info->nocopyreloc)
   2575      1.1     skrll 	h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
   2576      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2577      1.1     skrll     }
   2578      1.1     skrll 
   2579      1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   2580      1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   2581      1.6  christos 
   2582      1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   2583      1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   2584      1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   2585      1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   2586      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2587      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2588      1.1     skrll 
   2589      1.1     skrll   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   2590      1.9  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   2591      1.1     skrll   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   2592      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2593      1.1     skrll 
   2594      1.1     skrll   /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
   2595      1.1     skrll   if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
   2596      1.9  christos     {
   2597      1.9  christos       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2598      1.9  christos       return TRUE;
   2599      1.1     skrll     }
   2600      1.1     skrll 
   2601      1.1     skrll   /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
   2602      1.1     skrll      we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.  */
   2603      1.1     skrll   if (0 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
   2604      1.1     skrll     {
   2605      1.1     skrll       h->non_got_ref = 0;
   2606      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   2607      1.1     skrll     }
   2608      1.1     skrll 
   2609      1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   2610      1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   2611      1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   2612      1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   2613      1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   2614      1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   2615      1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   2616      1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   2617      1.1     skrll      same memory location for the variable.  */
   2618      1.1     skrll 
   2619      1.1     skrll   s = htab->sdynbss;
   2620      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2621      1.4  christos 
   2622      1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   2623      1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   2624      1.1     skrll      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   2625      1.1     skrll      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   2626      1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   2627      1.1     skrll     {
   2628      1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   2629      1.1     skrll 
   2630      1.1     skrll       srel = htab->srelbss;
   2631      1.6  christos       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   2632      1.1     skrll       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2633      1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   2634      1.1     skrll     }
   2635      1.1     skrll 
   2636      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   2637      1.1     skrll }
   2638      1.1     skrll 
   2639      1.1     skrll /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
   2640      1.1     skrll    dynamic relocs.  */
   2641      1.1     skrll 
   2642      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2643      1.9  christos allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
   2644      1.1     skrll {
   2645      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2646      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   2647      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
   2648      1.1     skrll   struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   2649      1.1     skrll 
   2650      1.3  christos   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2651      1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   2652      1.1     skrll 
   2653      1.1     skrll   info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   2654      1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   2655      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2656      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2657      1.1     skrll 
   2658      1.1     skrll   eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
   2659      1.1     skrll   if ((h->got.refcount > 0
   2660      1.1     skrll        || h->forced_local)
   2661      1.1     skrll       && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
   2662      1.1     skrll     {
   2663      1.1     skrll       /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
   2664      1.1     skrll 	 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
   2665      1.1     skrll       h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
   2666      1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
   2667      1.1     skrll 	h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
   2668      1.1     skrll     }
   2669      1.1     skrll 
   2670      1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2671      1.1     skrll       && h->plt.refcount > 0
   2672      1.1     skrll       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2673      1.1     skrll 	  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2674      1.1     skrll     {
   2675      1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2676      1.1     skrll 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2677      1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2678      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2679      1.6  christos 	{
   2680      1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2681      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2682      1.9  christos 	}
   2683      1.3  christos 
   2684      1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2685      1.1     skrll 	  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
   2686      1.1     skrll 	{
   2687      1.1     skrll 	  asection *s = htab->root.splt;
   2688      1.1     skrll 	  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   2689      1.1     skrll 
   2690      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2691      1.1     skrll 	     first entry.  */
   2692      1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size == 0)
   2693      1.1     skrll 	    s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
   2694      1.1     skrll 
   2695      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2696      1.3  christos 
   2697      1.3  christos 	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2698      1.3  christos 	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2699      1.6  christos 	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   2700      1.1     skrll 	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   2701      1.1     skrll 	     the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
   2702      1.1     skrll 	     function's address will be the address of the canonical
   2703      1.1     skrll 	     function descriptor.  */
   2704      1.1     skrll 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
   2705      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2706      1.3  christos 	      h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2707      1.3  christos 	      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
   2708      1.3  christos 	    }
   2709      1.3  christos 
   2710      1.3  christos 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2711      1.1     skrll 	  plt_info = htab->plt_info;
   2712      1.1     skrll 	  if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
   2713      1.1     skrll 	      && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
   2714      1.3  christos 	    plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
   2715      1.9  christos 	  s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
   2716      1.3  christos 
   2717      1.9  christos 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   2718      1.1     skrll 	     will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   2719      1.1     skrll 	  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   2720      1.9  christos 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
   2721      1.1     skrll 	  else
   2722      1.6  christos 	    htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
   2723      1.1     skrll 
   2724      1.1     skrll 	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
   2725      1.1     skrll 	  htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2726      1.1     skrll 
   2727      1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2728      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2729      1.1     skrll 	      /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
   2730      1.1     skrll 		 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
   2731      1.1     skrll 		 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
   2732      1.1     skrll 
   2733      1.1     skrll 	      /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
   2734      1.1     skrll 		 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   2735      1.1     skrll 	      if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
   2736      1.1     skrll 		htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2737      1.1     skrll 
   2738      1.1     skrll 	      /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
   2739      1.1     skrll 		 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
   2740      1.1     skrll 		 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
   2741      1.1     skrll 	      htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
   2742      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2743      1.1     skrll 	}
   2744      1.1     skrll       else
   2745      1.1     skrll 	{
   2746      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2747      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2748      1.1     skrll 	}
   2749      1.1     skrll     }
   2750      1.1     skrll   else
   2751      1.1     skrll     {
   2752      1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2753      1.1     skrll       h->needs_plt = 0;
   2754      1.1     skrll     }
   2755      1.4  christos 
   2756      1.1     skrll   if (h->got.refcount > 0)
   2757      1.1     skrll     {
   2758      1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2759      1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean dyn;
   2760      1.1     skrll       enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   2761      1.1     skrll 
   2762      1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2763      1.1     skrll 	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2764      1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   2765      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   2766      1.9  christos 	{
   2767      1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2768      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2769      1.1     skrll 	}
   2770      1.3  christos 
   2771      1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgot;
   2772      1.1     skrll       h->got.offset = s->size;
   2773      1.3  christos       s->size += 4;
   2774      1.3  christos       /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
   2775      1.3  christos       if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2776      1.6  christos 	s->size += 4;
   2777      1.3  christos       dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   2778      1.3  christos       if (!dyn)
   2779      1.3  christos 	{
   2780      1.3  christos 	  /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
   2781      1.4  christos 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   2782      1.6  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2783      1.6  christos 	      && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
   2784      1.6  christos 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2785      1.4  christos 	}
   2786      1.1     skrll       /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens.  */
   2787      1.1     skrll       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   2788      1.3  christos 	       && !h->def_dynamic
   2789      1.3  christos 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2790      1.9  christos 	;
   2791      1.3  christos       /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
   2792      1.9  christos 	 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
   2793      1.3  christos       else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
   2794      1.3  christos 	       || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   2795      1.6  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2796      1.3  christos       else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   2797      1.3  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2798      1.9  christos       else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   2799      1.3  christos 	{
   2800      1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2801      1.1     skrll 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2802      1.6  christos 	  else
   2803      1.1     skrll 	    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2804      1.9  christos 	}
   2805      1.6  christos       else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2806      1.6  christos 		|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2807      1.6  christos 	       && (bfd_link_pic (info)
   2808      1.3  christos 		   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
   2809      1.3  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2810      1.3  christos       else if (htab->fdpic_p
   2811      1.1     skrll 	       && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   2812      1.1     skrll 	       && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
   2813      1.1     skrll 	       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2814      1.1     skrll 		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   2815      1.3  christos 	htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   2816      1.3  christos     }
   2817      1.3  christos   else
   2818      1.3  christos     h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2819      1.3  christos 
   2820      1.3  christos   /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
   2821      1.3  christos      descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
   2822      1.3  christos      reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
   2823      1.3  christos      undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
   2824      1.3  christos      static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
   2825      1.6  christos   if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
   2826      1.3  christos       && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2827      1.3  christos 	  || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2828      1.9  christos 	      && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
   2829      1.3  christos     {
   2830      1.3  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2831      1.3  christos 	htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
   2832      1.3  christos       else
   2833      1.3  christos 	htab->root.srelgot->size
   2834      1.3  christos 	  += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2835      1.3  christos     }
   2836      1.3  christos 
   2837      1.3  christos   /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
   2838      1.3  christos      a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
   2839      1.3  christos      the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
   2840      1.3  christos      applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
   2841      1.3  christos      canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
   2842      1.3  christos      won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
   2843      1.3  christos   if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
   2844      1.3  christos        || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
   2845      1.3  christos       && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2846      1.3  christos       && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   2847      1.3  christos     {
   2848      1.3  christos       /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
   2849      1.6  christos       eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
   2850      1.3  christos       htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
   2851      1.3  christos 
   2852      1.3  christos       /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
   2853      1.3  christos 	 function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
   2854      1.3  christos       if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   2855      1.1     skrll 	htab->srofixup->size += 8;
   2856      1.1     skrll       else
   2857      1.1     skrll 	htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2858      1.1     skrll     }
   2859      1.1     skrll 
   2860      1.1     skrll   if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
   2861      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2862      1.1     skrll 
   2863      1.1     skrll   /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
   2864      1.6  christos      dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
   2865      1.1     skrll      defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
   2866      1.1     skrll      space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
   2867      1.1     skrll      visibility changes.  */
   2868      1.9  christos 
   2869      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2870      1.1     skrll     {
   2871      1.1     skrll       if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   2872      1.1     skrll 	{
   2873      1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2874      1.1     skrll 
   2875      1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2876      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2877      1.1     skrll 	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
   2878      1.1     skrll 	      p->pc_count = 0;
   2879      1.1     skrll 	      if (p->count == 0)
   2880      1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   2881      1.1     skrll 	      else
   2882      1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   2883      1.9  christos 	    }
   2884      1.1     skrll 	}
   2885      1.1     skrll 
   2886      1.1     skrll       if (htab->vxworks_p)
   2887      1.1     skrll 	{
   2888      1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   2889      1.1     skrll 
   2890      1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   2891      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2892      1.1     skrll 	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
   2893      1.1     skrll 		*pp = p->next;
   2894      1.1     skrll 	      else
   2895      1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   2896      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2897      1.1     skrll 	}
   2898      1.1     skrll 
   2899      1.9  christos       /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
   2900      1.9  christos 	 visibility.  */
   2901      1.1     skrll       if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
   2902      1.1     skrll 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   2903      1.1     skrll 	{
   2904      1.1     skrll 	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   2905      1.1     skrll 	      || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
   2906      1.1     skrll 	    eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2907      1.1     skrll 
   2908      1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
   2909      1.1     skrll 	     symbol in PIEs.  */
   2910      1.1     skrll 	  else if (h->dynindx == -1
   2911      1.1     skrll 		   && !h->forced_local)
   2912      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2913      1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2914      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2915      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2916      1.1     skrll 	}
   2917      1.1     skrll     }
   2918      1.1     skrll   else
   2919      1.1     skrll     {
   2920      1.1     skrll       /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
   2921      1.1     skrll 	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
   2922      1.1     skrll 	 dynamic.  */
   2923      1.1     skrll 
   2924      1.1     skrll       if (!h->non_got_ref
   2925      1.1     skrll 	  && ((h->def_dynamic
   2926      1.1     skrll 	       && !h->def_regular)
   2927      1.1     skrll 	      || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
   2928      1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   2929      1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
   2930      1.1     skrll 	{
   2931      1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
   2932      1.1     skrll 	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
   2933      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2934      1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2935      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2936      1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2937      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2938      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2939      1.1     skrll 
   2940      1.1     skrll 	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
   2941      1.1     skrll 	     relocs.  */
   2942      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
   2943      1.1     skrll 	    goto keep;
   2944      1.1     skrll 	}
   2945      1.1     skrll 
   2946      1.1     skrll       eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   2947      1.1     skrll 
   2948      1.1     skrll     keep: ;
   2949      1.1     skrll     }
   2950      1.1     skrll 
   2951      1.3  christos   /* Finally, allocate space.  */
   2952      1.3  christos   for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2953      1.6  christos     {
   2954      1.3  christos       asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   2955      1.1     skrll       sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2956      1.1     skrll 
   2957      1.1     skrll       /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
   2958      1.1     skrll       if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   2959      1.1     skrll 	htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
   2960      1.9  christos     }
   2961      1.9  christos 
   2962      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2963      1.1     skrll }
   2964      1.9  christos 
   2965      1.1     skrll /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
   2966      1.9  christos    read-only sections.  */
   2967      1.9  christos 
   2968      1.9  christos static bfd_boolean
   2969      1.9  christos maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
   2970      1.1     skrll {
   2971      1.9  christos   asection *sec;
   2972      1.9  christos 
   2973      1.1     skrll   if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2974      1.9  christos     return TRUE;
   2975      1.1     skrll 
   2976      1.9  christos   sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
   2977      1.9  christos   if (sec != NULL)
   2978  1.9.2.1  christos     {
   2979      1.9  christos       struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
   2980      1.1     skrll 
   2981      1.9  christos       info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2982      1.9  christos       info->callbacks->minfo
   2983      1.1     skrll 	(_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
   2984      1.1     skrll 	 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
   2985      1.1     skrll 
   2986      1.1     skrll       /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
   2987      1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   2988      1.1     skrll     }
   2989      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2990      1.1     skrll }
   2991      1.1     skrll 
   2992      1.1     skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   2993      1.1     skrll    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   2994      1.6  christos    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   2995      1.6  christos 
   2996      1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   2997      1.6  christos sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2998      1.6  christos {
   2999      1.6  christos   sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
   3000      1.6  christos 						     bfd_link_pic (info));
   3001      1.3  christos 
   3002      1.3  christos   if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3003      1.3  christos       && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
   3004      1.1     skrll 				      "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
   3005      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3006      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3007      1.1     skrll }
   3008      1.1     skrll 
   3009      1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3010      1.1     skrll 
   3011      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3012      1.1     skrll sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3013      1.1     skrll 			      struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3014      1.1     skrll {
   3015      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3016      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3017      1.3  christos   asection *s;
   3018      1.3  christos   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3019      1.3  christos   bfd *ibfd;
   3020      1.1     skrll 
   3021      1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3022      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   3023      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3024      1.1     skrll 
   3025      1.1     skrll   dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
   3026      1.6  christos   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3027      1.1     skrll 
   3028      1.4  christos   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   3029      1.1     skrll     {
   3030      1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3031      1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   3032      1.1     skrll 	{
   3033      1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3034      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3035      1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3036      1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3037      1.6  christos 	}
   3038      1.1     skrll     }
   3039      1.1     skrll 
   3040      1.1     skrll   /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
   3041      1.3  christos      relocs.  */
   3042      1.3  christos   for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
   3043      1.1     skrll     {
   3044      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
   3045      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
   3046      1.1     skrll       union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
   3047      1.1     skrll       char *local_got_type;
   3048      1.1     skrll       bfd_size_type locsymcount;
   3049      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3050      1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   3051      1.1     skrll 
   3052      1.9  christos       if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
   3053      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3054      1.9  christos 
   3055      1.1     skrll       for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3056      1.1     skrll 	{
   3057      1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   3058      1.1     skrll 
   3059      1.1     skrll 	  for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
   3060      1.1     skrll 		    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
   3061      1.1     skrll 	       p != NULL;
   3062      1.1     skrll 	       p = p->next)
   3063      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3064      1.1     skrll 	      if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
   3065      1.1     skrll 		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
   3066      1.1     skrll 		{
   3067      1.1     skrll 		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
   3068      1.1     skrll 		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
   3069      1.1     skrll 		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
   3070      1.1     skrll 		     the relocs too.  */
   3071      1.1     skrll 		}
   3072      1.1     skrll 	      else if (htab->vxworks_p
   3073      1.1     skrll 		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
   3074      1.1     skrll 				  ".tls_vars") == 0)
   3075      1.1     skrll 		{
   3076      1.1     skrll 		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
   3077      1.1     skrll 		     handled specially by the loader.  */
   3078      1.1     skrll 		}
   3079      1.9  christos 	      else if (p->count != 0)
   3080      1.9  christos 		{
   3081  1.9.2.1  christos 		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
   3082      1.9  christos 		  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3083      1.9  christos 		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3084      1.3  christos 		    {
   3085      1.3  christos 		      info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3086      1.6  christos 		      info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
   3087      1.3  christos 					      p->sec->owner, p->sec);
   3088      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3089      1.1     skrll 
   3090      1.1     skrll 		  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
   3091      1.1     skrll 		  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   3092      1.1     skrll 		    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
   3093      1.1     skrll 		}
   3094      1.9  christos 	    }
   3095      1.9  christos 	}
   3096      1.3  christos 
   3097      1.3  christos       symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
   3098      1.3  christos       locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   3099      1.1     skrll       s = htab->root.sgot;
   3100      1.3  christos       srel = htab->root.srelgot;
   3101      1.3  christos 
   3102      1.3  christos       local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   3103      1.3  christos       if (local_got)
   3104      1.3  christos 	{
   3105      1.3  christos 	  end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
   3106      1.3  christos 	  local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
   3107      1.3  christos 	  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
   3108      1.3  christos 	  for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
   3109      1.3  christos 	    {
   3110      1.3  christos 	      if (*local_got > 0)
   3111      1.6  christos 		{
   3112      1.3  christos 		  *local_got = s->size;
   3113      1.3  christos 		  s->size += 4;
   3114      1.3  christos 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   3115      1.3  christos 		    s->size += 4;
   3116      1.3  christos 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3117      1.3  christos 		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3118      1.3  christos 		  else
   3119      1.3  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3120      1.3  christos 
   3121      1.3  christos 		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   3122      1.3  christos 		    {
   3123      1.3  christos 		      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   3124      1.3  christos 			{
   3125      1.3  christos 			  bfd_size_type size;
   3126      1.3  christos 
   3127      1.3  christos 			  size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
   3128      1.3  christos 			  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
   3129      1.3  christos 									size);
   3130      1.3  christos 			  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   3131      1.3  christos 			    return FALSE;
   3132      1.3  christos 			  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
   3133      1.3  christos 			  local_funcdesc += (local_got
   3134      1.3  christos 					     - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
   3135      1.3  christos 			}
   3136      1.3  christos 		      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
   3137      1.3  christos 		      ++local_funcdesc;
   3138      1.3  christos 		    }
   3139      1.3  christos 		}
   3140      1.3  christos 	      else
   3141      1.3  christos 		*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3142      1.3  christos 	      ++local_got_type;
   3143      1.3  christos 	    }
   3144      1.3  christos 	}
   3145      1.3  christos 
   3146      1.3  christos       local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
   3147      1.1     skrll       if (local_funcdesc)
   3148      1.3  christos 	{
   3149      1.3  christos 	  end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
   3150      1.3  christos 
   3151      1.3  christos 	  for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
   3152      1.6  christos 	    {
   3153      1.3  christos 	      if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
   3154      1.3  christos 		{
   3155      1.3  christos 		  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
   3156      1.3  christos 		  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
   3157      1.3  christos 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   3158      1.3  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
   3159      1.1     skrll 		  else
   3160      1.1     skrll 		    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3161      1.3  christos 		}
   3162      1.1     skrll 	      else
   3163      1.1     skrll 		local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
   3164      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3165      1.1     skrll 	}
   3166      1.1     skrll 
   3167      1.1     skrll     }
   3168      1.9  christos 
   3169      1.9  christos   if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
   3170      1.9  christos     {
   3171      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
   3172      1.1     skrll 	 relocs.  */
   3173      1.1     skrll       htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
   3174      1.1     skrll       htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
   3175      1.3  christos       htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3176      1.3  christos     }
   3177      1.3  christos   else
   3178      1.3  christos     htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
   3179      1.9  christos 
   3180      1.9  christos   /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
   3181      1.3  christos      the end of .got.plt.  */
   3182      1.3  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   3183      1.1     skrll     {
   3184      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
   3185      1.1     skrll       htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
   3186      1.1     skrll     }
   3187      1.3  christos 
   3188      1.3  christos   /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
   3189      1.3  christos      sym dynamic relocs.  */
   3190      1.3  christos   elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
   3191      1.9  christos 
   3192      1.9  christos   /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
   3193      1.3  christos      end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
   3194      1.3  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   3195      1.3  christos     {
   3196      1.3  christos       htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
   3197      1.3  christos       htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
   3198      1.3  christos     }
   3199      1.1     skrll 
   3200      1.1     skrll   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
   3201      1.1     skrll   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
   3202      1.1     skrll     htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   3203      1.1     skrll 
   3204      1.1     skrll   /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
   3205      1.1     skrll      Allocate memory for them.  */
   3206      1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3207      1.9  christos   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3208      1.9  christos     {
   3209      1.9  christos       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3210      1.3  christos 	continue;
   3211      1.3  christos 
   3212      1.1     skrll       if (s == htab->root.splt
   3213      1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->root.sgot
   3214      1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->root.sgotplt
   3215      1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->sfuncdesc
   3216      1.1     skrll 	  || s == htab->srofixup
   3217  1.9.2.2    martin 	  || s == htab->sdynbss)
   3218      1.1     skrll 	{
   3219      1.9  christos 	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
   3220      1.1     skrll 	     comment below.  */
   3221      1.1     skrll 	}
   3222      1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
   3223      1.1     skrll 	{
   3224      1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
   3225      1.1     skrll 	    relocs = TRUE;
   3226      1.1     skrll 
   3227      1.1     skrll 	  /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3228      1.1     skrll 	     to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3229      1.1     skrll 	  s->reloc_count = 0;
   3230      1.1     skrll 	}
   3231      1.1     skrll       else
   3232      1.1     skrll 	{
   3233      1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3234      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3235      1.1     skrll 	}
   3236      1.1     skrll 
   3237      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3238      1.1     skrll 	{
   3239      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3240      1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3241      1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3242      1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3243      1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3244      1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3245      1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3246      1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3247      1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3248      1.1     skrll 
   3249      1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3250      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3251      1.1     skrll 	}
   3252      1.1     skrll 
   3253      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3254      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3255      1.1     skrll 
   3256      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
   3257      1.1     skrll 	 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
   3258      1.1     skrll 	 section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
   3259      1.1     skrll 	 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
   3260      1.1     skrll 	 of garbage.  */
   3261      1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3262      1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3263      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3264      1.1     skrll     }
   3265      1.1     skrll 
   3266      1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   3267      1.1     skrll     {
   3268      1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3269      1.1     skrll 	 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3270      1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3271      1.6  christos 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3272      1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3273      1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3274      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3275      1.1     skrll 
   3276      1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   3277      1.9  christos 	{
   3278      1.1     skrll 	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3279      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3280      1.1     skrll 	}
   3281      1.1     skrll 
   3282      1.1     skrll       if (htab->root.splt->size != 0)
   3283      1.1     skrll 	{
   3284      1.1     skrll 	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3285      1.6  christos 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3286      1.3  christos 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3287      1.3  christos 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3288      1.3  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3289      1.3  christos 	}
   3290      1.1     skrll       else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC))
   3291      1.1     skrll 	{
   3292      1.1     skrll 	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
   3293      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3294      1.1     skrll 	}
   3295      1.1     skrll 
   3296      1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3297      1.1     skrll 	{
   3298      1.1     skrll 	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3299      1.1     skrll 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3300      1.1     skrll 	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
   3301      1.1     skrll 				      sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3302      1.9  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3303      1.1     skrll 
   3304      1.1     skrll 	  /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
   3305      1.1     skrll 	     then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
   3306      1.1     skrll 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3307      1.1     skrll 	    elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, maybe_set_textrel, info);
   3308      1.1     skrll 
   3309      1.1     skrll 	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3310      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3311      1.1     skrll 	      if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3312      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3313      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3314      1.1     skrll 	}
   3315      1.1     skrll       if (htab->vxworks_p
   3316      1.1     skrll 	  && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
   3317      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3318      1.1     skrll     }
   3319      1.3  christos #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3320      1.3  christos 
   3321      1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   3322      1.3  christos }
   3323      1.3  christos 
   3324      1.3  christos /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
   3326      1.3  christos 
   3327      1.3  christos inline static bfd_vma
   3328      1.3  christos sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
   3329      1.3  christos 		      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
   3330      1.3  christos {
   3331      1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3332      1.3  christos   bfd_vma reloc_offset;
   3333      1.3  christos 
   3334      1.3  christos   outrel.r_offset = offset;
   3335      1.3  christos   outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
   3336      1.3  christos   outrel.r_addend = addend;
   3337      1.3  christos 
   3338      1.3  christos   reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3339      1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
   3340      1.3  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
   3341      1.3  christos 			     sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
   3342      1.3  christos   sreloc->reloc_count++;
   3343      1.3  christos 
   3344      1.3  christos   return reloc_offset;
   3345      1.3  christos }
   3346      1.3  christos 
   3347      1.3  christos /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
   3348      1.3  christos 
   3349      1.3  christos inline static void
   3350      1.3  christos sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
   3351      1.3  christos {
   3352      1.3  christos   bfd_vma fixup_offset;
   3353      1.3  christos 
   3354      1.3  christos   fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
   3355      1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
   3356      1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
   3357      1.3  christos }
   3358      1.3  christos 
   3359      1.9  christos /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
   3360      1.3  christos    _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
   3361      1.3  christos 
   3362      1.3  christos static bfd_signed_vma
   3363      1.3  christos sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
   3364      1.3  christos {
   3365      1.3  christos   return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
   3366      1.3  christos 	  - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
   3367      1.3  christos }
   3368      1.3  christos 
   3369      1.4  christos /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
   3370      1.4  christos    located.  */
   3371      1.6  christos 
   3372      1.6  christos static unsigned
   3373      1.6  christos sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
   3374      1.4  christos {
   3375      1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
   3376      1.3  christos 
   3377      1.3  christos   if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
   3378      1.3  christos       /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd.  */
   3379      1.3  christos       && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
   3380      1.3  christos     p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
   3381      1.3  christos 
   3382      1.3  christos   /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
   3383      1.3  christos      supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
   3384      1.3  christos      a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
   3385      1.3  christos   return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
   3386      1.3  christos }
   3387      1.4  christos 
   3388      1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3389      1.3  christos sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
   3390      1.3  christos {
   3391      1.3  christos   unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
   3392      1.3  christos 
   3393      1.3  christos   return (seg != (unsigned) -1
   3394      1.3  christos 	  && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
   3395      1.3  christos }
   3396      1.3  christos 
   3397      1.3  christos /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
   3398      1.3  christos    with any relocations or fixups required.  */
   3399      1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   3400      1.3  christos sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
   3401      1.3  christos 			    struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3402      1.3  christos 			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3403      1.3  christos 			    bfd_vma offset,
   3404      1.3  christos 			    asection *section,
   3405      1.3  christos 			    bfd_vma value)
   3406      1.3  christos {
   3407      1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3408      1.3  christos   int dynindx;
   3409      1.3  christos   bfd_vma addr, seg;
   3410      1.3  christos 
   3411      1.3  christos   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3412      1.3  christos 
   3413      1.3  christos   /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
   3414      1.3  christos      descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
   3415      1.3  christos      go in the reloc instead... */
   3416      1.3  christos 
   3417      1.3  christos   if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3418      1.3  christos     {
   3419      1.3  christos       section = h->root.u.def.section;
   3420      1.3  christos       value = h->root.u.def.value;
   3421      1.3  christos     }
   3422      1.3  christos 
   3423      1.3  christos   if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3424      1.3  christos     {
   3425      1.3  christos       dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
   3426      1.3  christos       addr = value + section->output_offset;
   3427      1.3  christos       seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
   3428      1.3  christos     }
   3429      1.3  christos   else
   3430      1.6  christos     {
   3431      1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   3432      1.3  christos       dynindx = h->dynindx;
   3433      1.3  christos       addr = seg = 0;
   3434      1.3  christos     }
   3435      1.3  christos 
   3436      1.3  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3437      1.3  christos     {
   3438      1.3  christos       if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3439      1.3  christos 	{
   3440      1.3  christos 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3441      1.3  christos 			      offset
   3442      1.3  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3443      1.3  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
   3444      1.3  christos 	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   3445      1.3  christos 			      offset + 4
   3446      1.3  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3447      1.3  christos 			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
   3448      1.3  christos 	}
   3449      1.3  christos 
   3450      1.3  christos       /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
   3451      1.3  christos 	 address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
   3452      1.3  christos       addr += section->output_section->vma;
   3453      1.3  christos       seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   3454      1.3  christos 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   3455      1.3  christos 	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   3456      1.3  christos     }
   3457      1.3  christos   else
   3458      1.3  christos     sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
   3459      1.3  christos 			  offset
   3460      1.3  christos 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
   3461      1.3  christos 			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
   3462      1.3  christos 			  R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
   3463      1.3  christos 
   3464      1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
   3465      1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
   3466      1.3  christos 
   3467      1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   3468      1.3  christos }
   3469      1.3  christos 
   3470      1.3  christos /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
   3471      1.3  christos    VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
   3472      1.3  christos    otherwise.  */
   3473      1.3  christos 
   3474      1.3  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
   3475      1.3  christos install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
   3476      1.3  christos 		      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3477      1.3  christos 		      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
   3478      1.3  christos {
   3479      1.3  christos   unsigned long cur_val;
   3480      1.3  christos   bfd_byte *addr;
   3481      1.3  christos   bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3482      1.3  christos 
   3483      1.3  christos   if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
   3484      1.3  christos     return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
   3485      1.3  christos 
   3486      1.3  christos   r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
   3487      1.3  christos 			  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
   3488      1.3  christos   if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   3489      1.3  christos     return r;
   3490      1.3  christos 
   3491      1.3  christos   addr = contents + offset;
   3492      1.3  christos   cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
   3493      1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
   3494      1.1     skrll   bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
   3495      1.1     skrll 
   3496      1.1     skrll   return bfd_reloc_ok;
   3497      1.1     skrll }
   3498      1.1     skrll 
   3499      1.1     skrll /* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
   3500      1.1     skrll 
   3501      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3502      1.1     skrll sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3503      1.1     skrll 			 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
   3504      1.1     skrll 			 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3505      1.1     skrll 			 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3506      1.1     skrll 			 asection **local_sections)
   3507      1.3  christos {
   3508      1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   3509      1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3510      1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3511      1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   3512      1.3  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
   3513      1.3  christos   asection *sgot = NULL;
   3514      1.3  christos   asection *sgotplt = NULL;
   3515      1.1     skrll   asection *splt = NULL;
   3516  1.9.2.2    martin   asection *sreloc = NULL;
   3517  1.9.2.2    martin   asection *srelgot = NULL;
   3518  1.9.2.2    martin   bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
   3519  1.9.2.2    martin   unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
   3520  1.9.2.2    martin   bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
   3521      1.1     skrll 
   3522      1.1     skrll   if (!is_sh_elf (input_bfd))
   3523      1.3  christos     {
   3524      1.3  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
   3525      1.9  christos       return FALSE;
   3526      1.9  christos     }
   3527      1.9  christos 
   3528      1.9  christos   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   3529      1.3  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   3530      1.3  christos     {
   3531      1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   3532      1.1     skrll       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   3533      1.1     skrll       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   3534      1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   3535      1.3  christos       fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
   3536      1.3  christos     }
   3537      1.3  christos   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   3538      1.3  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3539      1.3  christos   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   3540      1.3  christos 
   3541      1.3  christos   isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3542      1.3  christos 					 input_section->output_section);
   3543      1.3  christos   if (fdpic_p && sgot)
   3544      1.3  christos     got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3545      1.3  christos 					  sgot->output_section);
   3546      1.3  christos   else
   3547      1.3  christos     got_segment = -1;
   3548      1.1     skrll   if (fdpic_p && splt)
   3549      1.1     skrll     plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3550      1.6  christos 					  splt->output_section);
   3551      1.1     skrll   else
   3552      1.1     skrll     plt_segment = -1;
   3553      1.1     skrll 
   3554      1.1     skrll   /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
   3555      1.1     skrll      specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
   3556      1.1     skrll   is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && bfd_link_pic (info)
   3557      1.1     skrll 		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
   3558      1.1     skrll 				".tls_vars"));
   3559      1.1     skrll 
   3560      1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   3561      1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3562      1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3563      1.1     skrll     {
   3564      1.1     skrll       int r_type;
   3565      1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3566      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3567      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3568      1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   3569      1.4  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3570      1.3  christos       bfd_vma relocation;
   3571      1.9  christos       bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
   3572      1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3573      1.1     skrll       int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
   3574      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma off;
   3575      1.1     skrll       enum got_type got_type;
   3576      1.1     skrll       const char *symname = NULL;
   3577      1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
   3578      1.1     skrll 
   3579      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3580      1.1     skrll 
   3581      1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3582      1.1     skrll 
   3583      1.1     skrll       /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
   3584      1.1     skrll 	 handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
   3585      1.1     skrll       if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
   3586      1.1     skrll 	  && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
   3587      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3588      1.1     skrll       if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
   3589      1.3  christos 	continue;
   3590      1.3  christos 
   3591      1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0
   3592      1.1     skrll 	  || r_type >= R_SH_max
   3593      1.1     skrll 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
   3594      1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
   3595      1.1     skrll 	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
   3596      1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
   3597      1.3  christos 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
   3598      1.3  christos 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
   3599      1.1     skrll 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
   3600      1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
   3601      1.1     skrll 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
   3602      1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
   3603      1.1     skrll 	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
   3604      1.1     skrll 	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
   3605      1.1     skrll 	{
   3606      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3607      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3608      1.1     skrll 	}
   3609      1.1     skrll 
   3610      1.1     skrll       howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
   3611      1.9  christos 
   3612      1.1     skrll       /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
   3613      1.1     skrll 	 the relocation.  */
   3614      1.1     skrll       if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3615      1.3  christos 	addend = rel->r_addend;
   3616      1.3  christos 
   3617      1.1     skrll       resolved_to_zero = FALSE;
   3618      1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3619      1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3620      1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3621      1.3  christos       check_segment[0] = -1;
   3622      1.3  christos       check_segment[1] = -1;
   3623      1.3  christos       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3624      1.3  christos 	{
   3625  1.9.2.2    martin 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3626      1.3  christos 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3627      1.1     skrll 
   3628      1.1     skrll 	  symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   3629      1.1     skrll 	    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
   3630      1.1     skrll 	  if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
   3631      1.1     skrll 	    symname = bfd_section_name (sec);
   3632      1.1     skrll 
   3633      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
   3634      1.8  christos 			+ sec->output_offset
   3635      1.8  christos 			+ sym->st_value);
   3636  1.9.2.1  christos 	  /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
   3637      1.8  christos 	     datalabel processing here.  Make sure this does not change
   3638      1.1     skrll 	     without notice.  */
   3639      1.4  christos 	  if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
   3640      1.1     skrll 	    (*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
   3641      1.1     skrll 	      (info,
   3642      1.6  christos 	       _("unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
   3643      1.1     skrll 	       input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   3644      1.1     skrll 
   3645      1.1     skrll 	  if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3646      1.1     skrll 	    /* Handled below.  */
   3647      1.1     skrll 	    ;
   3648      1.1     skrll 	  else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3649      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3650      1.1     skrll 	      /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
   3651      1.1     skrll 		 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
   3652      1.1     skrll 		 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
   3653      1.1     skrll 		 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
   3654      1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   3655      1.1     skrll 		{
   3656      1.1     skrll 		  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3657      1.1     skrll 		    {
   3658      1.1     skrll 		      /* For relocations with the addend in the
   3659      1.1     skrll 			 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
   3660      1.1     skrll 			 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
   3661      1.1     skrll 			 code is mostly for completeness.  */
   3662      1.1     skrll 		      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
   3663      1.1     skrll 
   3664      1.1     skrll 		      continue;
   3665      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3666      1.1     skrll 
   3667      1.1     skrll 		  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
   3668      1.1     skrll 		     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
   3669      1.1     skrll 		     from the changed location of the section symbol.
   3670      1.1     skrll 		     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
   3671      1.1     skrll 		     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
   3672      1.1     skrll 		     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
   3673      1.1     skrll 		     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
   3674      1.1     skrll 		     final link.  */
   3675      1.1     skrll 		  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
   3676      1.1     skrll 					      sec->output_offset
   3677      1.1     skrll 					      + sym->st_value,
   3678      1.1     skrll 					      contents + rel->r_offset);
   3679      1.1     skrll 		  goto relocation_done;
   3680      1.1     skrll 		}
   3681      1.1     skrll 
   3682      1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   3683      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3684      1.1     skrll 	  else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
   3685      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3686      1.1     skrll 	      relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3687      1.1     skrll 	      addend = rel->r_addend;
   3688      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3689      1.1     skrll 	  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
   3690      1.9  christos 		   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
   3691      1.9  christos 	    {
   3692  1.9.2.1  christos 	      asection *msec;
   3693  1.9.2.1  christos 
   3694      1.1     skrll 	      if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
   3695  1.9.2.1  christos 		{
   3696      1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3697      1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3698      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3699      1.1     skrll 		       "%s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
   3700      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd, input_section,
   3701      1.1     skrll 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3702      1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   3703      1.1     skrll 		}
   3704      1.1     skrll 
   3705      1.1     skrll 	      addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3706      1.1     skrll 	      msec = sec;
   3707      1.1     skrll 	      addend =
   3708      1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
   3709      1.1     skrll 		- relocation;
   3710      1.1     skrll 	      addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
   3711      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
   3712      1.1     skrll 	      addend = 0;
   3713      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3714      1.1     skrll 	}
   3715      1.3  christos       else
   3716      1.1     skrll 	{
   3717      1.1     skrll 	  /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
   3718  1.9.2.1  christos 
   3719      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = 0;
   3720      1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   3721      1.1     skrll 	  symname = h->root.root.string;
   3722      1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3723      1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3724      1.3  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3725      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3726      1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   3727      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3728      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean dyn;
   3729      1.1     skrll 
   3730      1.1     skrll 	      dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
   3731      1.1     skrll 	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   3732      1.1     skrll 	      /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
   3733      1.1     skrll 		 We check specially because in some obscure cases
   3734      1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
   3735      1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
   3736      1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
   3737      1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
   3738      1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
   3739      1.1     skrll 		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
   3740      1.1     skrll 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
   3741      1.3  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
   3742      1.3  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
   3743      1.3  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
   3744      1.3  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
   3745      1.3  christos 		      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   3746      1.3  christos 		  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
   3747      1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
   3748      1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
   3749      1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
   3750      1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
   3751      1.6  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
   3752      1.6  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
   3753      1.6  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
   3754      1.6  christos 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
   3755      1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
   3756      1.1     skrll 		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
   3757      1.1     skrll 		      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3758      1.1     skrll 							  bfd_link_pic (info),
   3759      1.1     skrll 							  h)
   3760      1.1     skrll 		      && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   3761      1.1     skrll 			  || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   3762      1.6  christos 			  || !h->def_regular))
   3763      1.1     skrll 		  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
   3764      1.1     skrll 		     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
   3765      1.1     skrll 		     below are those in which we must defer relocation
   3766      1.1     skrll 		     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
   3767      1.1     skrll 		     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
   3768      1.1     skrll 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3769      1.1     skrll 		      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   3770      1.1     skrll 			  || !h->def_regular)
   3771      1.1     skrll 		      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   3772      1.1     skrll 			   && !h->forced_local)
   3773      1.1     skrll 			  || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   3774      1.1     skrll 			      && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3775      1.1     skrll 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3776      1.1     skrll 			  /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
   3777      1.1     skrll 			     sections against symbols defined externally
   3778      1.1     skrll 			     in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
   3779      1.1     skrll 			     with them here.  */
   3780      1.1     skrll 			  || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3781      1.1     skrll 			      && h->def_dynamic)))
   3782      1.1     skrll 		  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
   3783      1.3  christos 		     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
   3784      1.3  christos 		     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
   3785      1.1     skrll 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
   3786      1.1     skrll 		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   3787      1.1     skrll 			  && h->def_dynamic))
   3788      1.1     skrll 		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
   3789      1.1     skrll 		      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
   3790      1.1     skrll 			  || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
   3791      1.1     skrll 		;
   3792      1.1     skrll 	      else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
   3793      1.1     skrll 		relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
   3794      1.1     skrll 			      + sec->output_section->vma
   3795      1.6  christos 			      + sec->output_offset)
   3796      1.4  christos 			      /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
   3797      1.4  christos 				 symbol value, unless we've seen
   3798      1.4  christos 				 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it.  */
   3799      1.4  christos 			      | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
   3800      1.1     skrll 				 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
   3801      1.9  christos 	      else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
   3802      1.9  christos 		       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   3803  1.9.2.1  christos 						    input_section,
   3804  1.9.2.1  christos 						    rel->r_offset)
   3805      1.1     skrll 			   != (bfd_vma) -1))
   3806      1.1     skrll 		{
   3807  1.9.2.1  christos 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3808      1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3809      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   3810      1.1     skrll 		       "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   3811      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   3812      1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   3813      1.1     skrll 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3814      1.9  christos 		     howto->name,
   3815      1.1     skrll 		     h->root.root.string);
   3816      1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   3817      1.1     skrll 		}
   3818      1.6  christos 	    }
   3819      1.8  christos 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3820      1.8  christos 	    resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
   3821      1.8  christos 	  else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
   3822      1.8  christos 		   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3823      1.8  christos 	    ;
   3824      1.1     skrll 	  else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3825      1.1     skrll 	    (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
   3826      1.4  christos 	      (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
   3827      1.3  christos 	       input_section, rel->r_offset,
   3828      1.4  christos 	       (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
   3829      1.1     skrll 		|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)));
   3830      1.6  christos 	}
   3831      1.1     skrll 
   3832      1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3833      1.3  christos 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3834      1.3  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3835      1.3  christos 
   3836      1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3837      1.3  christos 	continue;
   3838      1.3  christos 
   3839      1.3  christos       /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
   3840      1.3  christos 	 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
   3841      1.3  christos 	 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
   3842      1.3  christos       check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
   3843      1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL)
   3844      1.1     skrll 	check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
   3845      1.1     skrll 						   sec->output_section);
   3846      1.1     skrll       else
   3847      1.1     skrll 	check_segment[1] = -1;
   3848      1.1     skrll 
   3849      1.1     skrll       switch ((int) r_type)
   3850      1.1     skrll 	{
   3851      1.1     skrll 	final_link_relocate:
   3852      1.1     skrll 	  /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
   3853      1.1     skrll 	     R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
   3854      1.1     skrll 	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   3855      1.1     skrll 					contents, rel->r_offset,
   3856      1.1     skrll 					relocation, addend);
   3857      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3858      1.1     skrll 
   3859      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_IND12W:
   3860      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3861      1.1     skrll 
   3862      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   3863      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
   3864      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
   3865      1.1     skrll 	  /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
   3866      1.1     skrll 	     the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
   3867      1.1     skrll 	     is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
   3868      1.1     skrll 	     against the start of this section, then it's against an
   3869      1.1     skrll 	     external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
   3870      1.1     skrll 	  if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
   3871      1.1     skrll 	      != relocation)
   3872      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3873      1.1     skrll 	      int disp = (relocation
   3874      1.1     skrll 			  - input_section->output_section->vma
   3875      1.1     skrll 			  - input_section->output_offset
   3876      1.1     skrll 			  - rel->r_offset);
   3877      1.1     skrll 	      int mask = 0;
   3878      1.1     skrll 	      switch (r_type)
   3879      1.1     skrll 		{
   3880      1.1     skrll 		case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
   3881      1.9  christos 		case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
   3882      1.9  christos 		case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
   3883  1.9.2.1  christos 		default: mask = 0; break;
   3884  1.9.2.1  christos 		}
   3885      1.9  christos 	      if (disp & mask)
   3886  1.9.2.1  christos 		{
   3887      1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   3888      1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   3889      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3890      1.1     skrll 		       "unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
   3891      1.1     skrll 		     input_section->owner,
   3892      1.1     skrll 		     (uint64_t) rel->r_offset);
   3893      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3894      1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   3895      1.1     skrll 		}
   3896      1.1     skrll 	      relocation -= 4;
   3897      1.1     skrll 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   3898      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3899      1.1     skrll 	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   3900      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3901      1.1     skrll 
   3902      1.1     skrll 	default:
   3903      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3904      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3905      1.1     skrll 
   3906      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR16:
   3907      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8:
   3908      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8U:
   3909      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR8S:
   3910      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR4U:
   3911      1.9  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3912      1.9  christos 
   3913  1.9.2.1  christos 	case R_SH_DIR8UL:
   3914  1.9.2.1  christos 	case R_SH_DIR4UL:
   3915  1.9.2.1  christos 	  if (relocation & 3)
   3916  1.9.2.1  christos 	    {
   3917      1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3918      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3919      1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3920      1.1     skrll 		   "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64),
   3921      1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3922      1.1     skrll 		 howto->name, (uint64_t) relocation);
   3923      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3924      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   3925      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3926      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3927      1.9  christos 
   3928      1.9  christos 	case R_SH_DIR8UW:
   3929  1.9.2.1  christos 	case R_SH_DIR8SW:
   3930  1.9.2.1  christos 	case R_SH_DIR4UW:
   3931      1.9  christos 	  if (relocation & 1)
   3932  1.9.2.1  christos 	    {
   3933  1.9.2.1  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3934      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3935      1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: "
   3936      1.1     skrll 		   "unaligned %s relocation %#" PRIx64 ""),
   3937      1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   3938      1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
   3939      1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) relocation);
   3940      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3941      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   3942      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3943      1.9  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3944      1.9  christos 
   3945  1.9.2.1  christos 	case R_SH_PSHA:
   3946  1.9.2.1  christos 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -32
   3947      1.9  christos 	      || (signed int)relocation > 32)
   3948  1.9.2.1  christos 	    {
   3949  1.9.2.1  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3950      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3951      1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %" PRId64
   3952      1.1     skrll 		   " not in range -32..32"),
   3953      1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   3954      1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3955      1.1     skrll 		 (int64_t) relocation);
   3956      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3957      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   3958      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3959      1.9  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3960      1.9  christos 
   3961  1.9.2.1  christos 	case R_SH_PSHL:
   3962  1.9.2.1  christos 	  if ((signed int)relocation < -16
   3963      1.9  christos 	      || (signed int)relocation > 16)
   3964  1.9.2.1  christos 	    {
   3965  1.9.2.1  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   3966      1.1     skrll 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   3967      1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: %#" PRIx64 ": fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %" PRId64
   3968      1.1     skrll 		   " not in range -32..32"),
   3969      1.1     skrll 		 input_section->owner,
   3970      1.1     skrll 		 (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   3971      1.1     skrll 		 (int64_t) relocation);
   3972      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3973      1.6  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3974      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3975      1.9  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   3976      1.9  christos 
   3977      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   3978      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_REL32:
   3979      1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3980      1.1     skrll 	      && (h == NULL
   3981      1.1     skrll 		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3982      1.1     skrll 		      && !resolved_to_zero)
   3983      1.1     skrll 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   3984      1.1     skrll 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   3985      1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3986      1.1     skrll 	      && !is_vxworks_tls
   3987      1.1     skrll 	      && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   3988      1.1     skrll 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   3989      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3990      1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3991      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   3992      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   3993      1.1     skrll 
   3994      1.3  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   3995      1.3  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   3996      1.3  christos 		 time.  */
   3997      1.1     skrll 
   3998      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3999      1.1     skrll 		{
   4000      1.1     skrll 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   4001      1.1     skrll 		    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   4002      1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   4003      1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   4004      1.1     skrll 		}
   4005      1.1     skrll 
   4006      1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   4007      1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   4008      1.1     skrll 
   4009      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   4010      1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4011      1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   4012      1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4013      1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   4014      1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   4015      1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   4016      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   4017      1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   4018      1.1     skrll 
   4019      1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   4020      1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   4021      1.1     skrll 	      else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
   4022      1.1     skrll 		{
   4023      1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
   4024      1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
   4025      1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_addend
   4026      1.3  christos 		    = (howto->partial_inplace
   4027      1.3  christos 		       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   4028      1.3  christos 		       : addend);
   4029      1.3  christos 		}
   4030      1.3  christos 	      else if (fdpic_p
   4031      1.3  christos 		       && (h == NULL
   4032      1.3  christos 			   || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   4033      1.3  christos 			       && h->def_regular)))
   4034      1.3  christos 		{
   4035      1.3  christos 		  int dynindx;
   4036      1.3  christos 
   4037      1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
   4038      1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
   4039      1.3  christos 		  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   4040      1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   4041      1.3  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4042      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend
   4043      1.1     skrll 		    += (howto->partial_inplace
   4044      1.1     skrll 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   4045      1.1     skrll 			: addend);
   4046      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   4047      1.1     skrll 		}
   4048      1.1     skrll 	      else
   4049      1.1     skrll 		{
   4050      1.1     skrll 		  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
   4051      1.1     skrll 		     become local.  */
   4052      1.1     skrll 		  if (h == NULL
   4053      1.1     skrll 		      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   4054      1.1     skrll 			  && h->def_regular))
   4055      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4056      1.1     skrll 		      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
   4057      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   4058      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4059      1.1     skrll 		  else
   4060      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4061      1.1     skrll 		      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4062      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   4063      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4064      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4065      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend
   4066      1.1     skrll 		    += (howto->partial_inplace
   4067      1.1     skrll 			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
   4068      1.1     skrll 			: addend);
   4069      1.3  christos 		}
   4070      1.3  christos 
   4071      1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   4072      1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4073      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4074      1.1     skrll 
   4075      1.1     skrll 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4076      1.1     skrll 
   4077      1.1     skrll 	      /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
   4078      1.6  christos 		 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
   4079      1.3  christos 		 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
   4080      1.3  christos 		 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
   4081      1.3  christos 	      if (! relocate)
   4082      1.3  christos 		continue;
   4083      1.3  christos 	    }
   4084      1.3  christos 	  else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   4085      1.3  christos 		   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   4086      1.3  christos 		   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   4087      1.3  christos 	    {
   4088      1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4089      1.9  christos 
   4090      1.9  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4091  1.9.2.1  christos 
   4092  1.9.2.1  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4093      1.3  christos 					    input_section->output_section))
   4094      1.3  christos 		  {
   4095  1.9.2.1  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4096      1.3  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4097      1.3  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   4098      1.3  christos 			 "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
   4099      1.3  christos 		       input_bfd,
   4100      1.3  christos 		       input_section,
   4101      1.3  christos 		       (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   4102      1.3  christos 		       symname);
   4103      1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   4104      1.3  christos 		  }
   4105      1.3  christos 
   4106      1.3  christos 	      offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4107      1.3  christos 						input_section, rel->r_offset);
   4108      1.3  christos 	      if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4109      1.3  christos 		sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4110      1.6  christos 				    input_section->output_section->vma
   4111      1.6  christos 				    + input_section->output_offset
   4112      1.6  christos 				    + rel->r_offset);
   4113      1.6  christos 
   4114      1.6  christos 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4115      1.6  christos 	    }
   4116      1.1     skrll 	    /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
   4117      1.1     skrll 	       symbols.  */
   4118      1.1     skrll 	    else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
   4119      1.1     skrll 		     && h
   4120      1.1     skrll 		     && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4121      1.1     skrll 	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4122      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4123      1.1     skrll 
   4124      1.6  christos 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   4125      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   4126      1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   4127      1.1     skrll 
   4128      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL
   4129      1.1     skrll 	      || h->forced_local
   4130      1.1     skrll 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4131      1.1     skrll 	      || info->symbolic
   4132      1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1
   4133      1.1     skrll 	      || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   4134      1.3  christos 	      || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4135      1.1     skrll 	    goto force_got;
   4136      1.1     skrll 
   4137      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   4138      1.1     skrll 	     offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
   4139      1.1     skrll 
   4140      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4141      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4142      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
   4143      1.1     skrll 			+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
   4144      1.1     skrll 			   + 3) * 4);
   4145      1.1     skrll 
   4146      1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4147      1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4148      1.3  christos #endif
   4149      1.1     skrll 
   4150      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4151      1.1     skrll 
   4152      1.3  christos 	force_got:
   4153      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT32:
   4154      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOT20:
   4155      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
   4156      1.1     skrll 	     offset table.  */
   4157      1.1     skrll 
   4158      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4159      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4160      1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4161      1.1     skrll 
   4162      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   4163      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4164      1.6  christos 	      bfd_boolean dyn;
   4165      1.6  christos 
   4166      1.6  christos 	      off = h->got.offset;
   4167      1.6  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4168      1.1     skrll 
   4169      1.9  christos 	      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
   4170      1.9  christos 	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   4171      1.1     skrll 						     bfd_link_pic (info),
   4172      1.1     skrll 						     h)
   4173      1.1     skrll 		  || (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4174      1.1     skrll 		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4175      1.1     skrll 		  || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   4176      1.1     skrll 		       || resolved_to_zero)
   4177      1.1     skrll 		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4178      1.1     skrll 		{
   4179      1.1     skrll 		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   4180      1.1     skrll 		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   4181      1.1     skrll 		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   4182      1.1     skrll 		     because of a version file.  We must initialize
   4183      1.1     skrll 		     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
   4184      1.1     skrll 		     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
   4185      1.1     skrll 		     least significant bit to record whether we have
   4186      1.1     skrll 		     initialized it already.
   4187      1.1     skrll 
   4188      1.1     skrll 		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   4189      1.1     skrll 		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   4190      1.1     skrll 		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   4191  1.9.2.1  christos 		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4192      1.3  christos 		    off &= ~1;
   4193      1.3  christos 		  else
   4194      1.3  christos 		    {
   4195      1.6  christos 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   4196      1.3  christos 				  sgot->contents + off);
   4197      1.3  christos 		      h->got.offset |= 1;
   4198      1.3  christos 
   4199      1.3  christos 		      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
   4200      1.3  christos 			 symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
   4201      1.3  christos 		      if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   4202      1.3  christos 			  && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
   4203      1.1     skrll 			  && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4204      1.1     skrll 			      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   4205      1.1     skrll 			sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4206      1.3  christos 					    sgot->output_section->vma
   4207      1.1     skrll 					    + sgot->output_offset
   4208      1.1     skrll 					    + off);
   4209      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4210      1.1     skrll 		}
   4211      1.1     skrll 
   4212      1.1     skrll 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4213      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4214      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4215      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4216      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   4217      1.1     skrll 			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   4218      1.1     skrll 
   4219      1.1     skrll 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4220      1.1     skrll 
   4221      1.1     skrll 	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   4222      1.1     skrll 		 the least significant bit to record whether we have
   4223      1.1     skrll 		 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   4224      1.6  christos 	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4225      1.1     skrll 		off &= ~1;
   4226      1.1     skrll 	      else
   4227      1.1     skrll 		{
   4228      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   4229      1.1     skrll 
   4230      1.1     skrll 		  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   4231      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4232      1.3  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4233      1.3  christos 		      bfd_byte *loc;
   4234      1.3  christos 
   4235      1.3  christos 		      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4236      1.3  christos 					 + sgot->output_offset
   4237      1.3  christos 					 + off);
   4238      1.3  christos 		      if (fdpic_p)
   4239      1.3  christos 			{
   4240      1.3  christos 			  int dynindx
   4241      1.3  christos 			    = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   4242      1.3  christos 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   4243      1.3  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4244      1.3  christos 			  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
   4245      1.1     skrll 			}
   4246      1.1     skrll 		      else
   4247      1.1     skrll 			{
   4248      1.1     skrll 			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   4249      1.3  christos 			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   4250      1.3  christos 			}
   4251      1.3  christos 		      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4252      1.3  christos 		      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4253      1.3  christos 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4254      1.3  christos 		    }
   4255      1.3  christos 		  else if (fdpic_p
   4256      1.1     skrll 			   && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
   4257  1.9.2.1  christos 			       == GOT_NORMAL))
   4258      1.1     skrll 		    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4259      1.1     skrll 					sgot->output_section->vma
   4260      1.3  christos 					+ sgot->output_offset
   4261      1.1     skrll 					+ off);
   4262      1.1     skrll 
   4263      1.1     skrll 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4264      1.1     skrll 		}
   4265      1.1     skrll 
   4266      1.1     skrll 	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4267      1.3  christos 	    }
   4268      1.3  christos 
   4269      1.3  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4270      1.3  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4271      1.3  christos #endif
   4272      1.3  christos 
   4273      1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
   4274      1.3  christos 	    {
   4275      1.3  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4276      1.1     skrll 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4277      1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   4278      1.3  christos 	      break;
   4279      1.3  christos 	    }
   4280      1.3  christos 	  else
   4281      1.3  christos 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4282      1.3  christos 
   4283      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFF:
   4284      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
   4285      1.3  christos 	  /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
   4286      1.3  christos 	     we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
   4287      1.3  christos 	     as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
   4288      1.1     skrll 	     descriptors in front of it.  */
   4289      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4290      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4291      1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = got_segment;
   4292      1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
   4293      1.1     skrll 	    + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
   4294      1.1     skrll 
   4295      1.3  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4296      1.3  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4297      1.3  christos #endif
   4298      1.3  christos 
   4299      1.3  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4300      1.3  christos 
   4301      1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
   4302      1.3  christos 	    {
   4303      1.3  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4304      1.1     skrll 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4305      1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   4306      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4307      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4308      1.3  christos 	  else
   4309      1.3  christos 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4310      1.1     skrll 
   4311      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTPC:
   4312      1.1     skrll 	  /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
   4313      1.1     skrll 
   4314      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   4315      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
   4316      1.1     skrll 
   4317      1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4318      1.1     skrll 	  relocation += GOT_BIAS;
   4319      1.1     skrll #endif
   4320      1.1     skrll 
   4321      1.1     skrll 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4322      1.1     skrll 
   4323      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4324      1.1     skrll 
   4325      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT32:
   4326      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   4327      1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   4328      1.3  christos 
   4329      1.3  christos 	  /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
   4330      1.3  christos 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   4331      1.3  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   4332      1.3  christos 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4333      1.3  christos 
   4334      1.3  christos 	  /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
   4335      1.1     skrll 	     as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
   4336      1.1     skrll 	     anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
   4337      1.1     skrll 	     behavior.  */
   4338      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4339      1.1     skrll 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4340      1.1     skrll 
   4341      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->forced_local)
   4342      1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4343      1.1     skrll 
   4344      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4345      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4346      1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   4347      1.3  christos 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   4348      1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   4349      1.1     skrll 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4350      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4351      1.1     skrll 
   4352      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   4353      1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
   4354      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   4355      1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   4356      1.3  christos 			+ h->plt.offset);
   4357      1.3  christos 
   4358      1.3  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4359      1.3  christos 
   4360      1.3  christos 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4361      1.3  christos 
   4362      1.3  christos 	/* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
   4363      1.3  christos 	   symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
   4364      1.3  christos 	   entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
   4365      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   4366      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   4367      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   4368      1.3  christos 	  {
   4369      1.3  christos 	    int dynindx = -1;
   4370      1.3  christos 	    asection *reloc_section;
   4371      1.3  christos 	    bfd_vma reloc_offset;
   4372      1.3  christos 	    int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
   4373      1.3  christos 
   4374      1.3  christos 	    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4375      1.3  christos 
   4376      1.3  christos 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4377      1.3  christos 
   4378      1.3  christos 	    /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
   4379      1.3  christos 	       executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
   4380      1.3  christos 	       to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
   4381      1.3  christos 	       does.  */
   4382      1.3  christos 
   4383      1.3  christos 	    relocation = 0;
   4384      1.3  christos 	    addend = 0;
   4385      1.3  christos 
   4386      1.3  christos 	    if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4387      1.3  christos 	      {
   4388      1.3  christos 		reloc_section = input_section;
   4389      1.3  christos 		reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
   4390      1.3  christos 	      }
   4391      1.3  christos 	    else
   4392      1.3  christos 	      {
   4393      1.3  christos 		reloc_section = sgot;
   4394      1.3  christos 
   4395      1.3  christos 		if (h != NULL)
   4396      1.3  christos 		  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
   4397      1.3  christos 		else
   4398      1.3  christos 		  {
   4399      1.3  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
   4400      1.3  christos 		    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4401      1.3  christos 		  }
   4402      1.3  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4403      1.3  christos 
   4404      1.3  christos 		if (reloc_offset & 1)
   4405      1.3  christos 		  {
   4406      1.3  christos 		    reloc_offset &= ~1;
   4407      1.3  christos 		    goto funcdesc_done_got;
   4408      1.3  christos 		  }
   4409      1.3  christos 	      }
   4410      1.3  christos 
   4411      1.3  christos 	    if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4412      1.3  christos 		&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4413      1.3  christos 		    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
   4414      1.3  christos 	      /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
   4415      1.3  christos 		 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
   4416      1.3  christos 	      goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
   4417      1.3  christos 	    else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   4418      1.3  christos 		     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4419      1.3  christos 	      {
   4420      1.3  christos 		/* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
   4421      1.3  christos 		   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
   4422      1.3  christos 		   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
   4423      1.3  christos 		   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
   4424      1.3  christos 		   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
   4425      1.3  christos 		   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
   4426      1.3  christos 		dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
   4427      1.3  christos 					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
   4428      1.3  christos 		relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
   4429      1.3  christos 		  + h->root.u.def.value;
   4430      1.3  christos 	      }
   4431      1.3  christos 	    else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4432      1.3  christos 	      {
   4433      1.3  christos 		/* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
   4434      1.3  christos 		   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
   4435      1.3  christos 		   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
   4436      1.3  christos 		   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
   4437      1.3  christos 		   descriptor.  */
   4438      1.3  christos 		BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4439      1.3  christos 		dynindx = h->dynindx;
   4440      1.3  christos 	      }
   4441      1.3  christos 	    else
   4442      1.3  christos 	      {
   4443      1.3  christos 		bfd_vma offset;
   4444      1.3  christos 
   4445      1.3  christos 		/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
   4446      1.3  christos 		   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
   4447      1.3  christos 		reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
   4448      1.3  christos 		dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
   4449      1.3  christos 					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
   4450      1.3  christos 
   4451      1.3  christos 		if (h)
   4452      1.3  christos 		  {
   4453      1.3  christos 		    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
   4454      1.3  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4455      1.3  christos 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4456      1.3  christos 		      {
   4457      1.3  christos 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
   4458      1.3  christos 							 offset, NULL, 0))
   4459      1.3  christos 			  return FALSE;
   4460      1.3  christos 			sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
   4461      1.3  christos 		      }
   4462      1.3  christos 		  }
   4463      1.3  christos 		else
   4464      1.3  christos 		  {
   4465      1.3  christos 		    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   4466      1.3  christos 
   4467      1.3  christos 		    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
   4468      1.3  christos 		    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
   4469      1.3  christos 		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4470      1.3  christos 		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4471      1.3  christos 		      {
   4472      1.3  christos 			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
   4473      1.3  christos 							 offset, sec,
   4474      1.3  christos 							 sym->st_value))
   4475      1.3  christos 			  return FALSE;
   4476      1.3  christos 			local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
   4477      1.6  christos 		      }
   4478      1.3  christos 		  }
   4479      1.3  christos 
   4480      1.3  christos 		relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
   4481      1.3  christos 	      }
   4482      1.3  christos 
   4483      1.3  christos 	    if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4484      1.9  christos 	      {
   4485      1.9  christos 		bfd_vma offset;
   4486  1.9.2.1  christos 
   4487  1.9.2.1  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4488      1.3  christos 					    reloc_section->output_section))
   4489      1.3  christos 		  {
   4490  1.9.2.1  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4491      1.3  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4492      1.3  christos 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   4493      1.3  christos 			 "cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
   4494      1.3  christos 		       input_bfd,
   4495      1.3  christos 		       input_section,
   4496      1.3  christos 		       (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   4497      1.3  christos 		       symname);
   4498      1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   4499      1.3  christos 		  }
   4500      1.3  christos 
   4501      1.3  christos 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4502      1.3  christos 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4503      1.3  christos 
   4504      1.3  christos 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4505      1.3  christos 		  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
   4506      1.3  christos 				      offset
   4507      1.3  christos 				      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
   4508      1.3  christos 				      + reloc_section->output_offset);
   4509      1.3  christos 	      }
   4510      1.3  christos 	    else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
   4511      1.3  christos 		      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
   4512      1.3  christos 	      {
   4513      1.3  christos 		bfd_vma offset;
   4514      1.3  christos 
   4515      1.3  christos 		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
   4516      1.3  christos 					    reloc_section->output_section))
   4517      1.3  christos 		  {
   4518      1.3  christos 		    info->callbacks->warning
   4519      1.3  christos 		      (info,
   4520      1.3  christos 		       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
   4521      1.3  christos 		       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4522      1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   4523      1.3  christos 		  }
   4524      1.3  christos 
   4525      1.3  christos 		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   4526      1.3  christos 						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
   4527      1.3  christos 
   4528      1.3  christos 		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
   4529      1.3  christos 		  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
   4530      1.3  christos 					offset
   4531      1.3  christos 					+ reloc_section->output_section->vma
   4532      1.3  christos 					+ reloc_section->output_offset,
   4533      1.3  christos 					reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
   4534      1.3  christos 
   4535      1.3  christos 		if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4536      1.3  christos 		  {
   4537      1.3  christos 		    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
   4538      1.3  christos 		    break;
   4539      1.3  christos 		  }
   4540      1.3  christos 		else
   4541      1.3  christos 		  {
   4542      1.3  christos 		    relocation = 0;
   4543      1.3  christos 		    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
   4544      1.3  christos 		  }
   4545      1.3  christos 	      }
   4546      1.3  christos 
   4547      1.3  christos 	    if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
   4548      1.3  christos 	      relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
   4549      1.3  christos 	  funcdesc_leave_zero:
   4550      1.3  christos 	    if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   4551      1.3  christos 	      {
   4552      1.3  christos 		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   4553      1.3  christos 			    reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
   4554      1.3  christos 		if (h != NULL)
   4555      1.3  christos 		  h->got.offset |= 1;
   4556      1.3  christos 		else
   4557      1.3  christos 		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4558      1.3  christos 
   4559      1.3  christos 	      funcdesc_done_got:
   4560      1.3  christos 
   4561      1.3  christos 		relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
   4562      1.3  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4563      1.3  christos 		relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4564      1.3  christos #endif
   4565      1.3  christos 	      }
   4566      1.3  christos 	    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
   4567      1.3  christos 	      {
   4568      1.3  christos 		r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4569      1.3  christos 					  input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4570      1.3  christos 					  rel->r_offset);
   4571      1.3  christos 		break;
   4572      1.3  christos 	      }
   4573      1.3  christos 	    else
   4574      1.3  christos 	      goto final_link_relocate;
   4575      1.3  christos 	  }
   4576      1.3  christos 	  break;
   4577      1.3  christos 
   4578      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   4579      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   4580      1.3  christos 	  /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
   4581      1.3  christos 	     executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
   4582      1.3  christos 	     ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
   4583      1.3  christos 	     for them.  */
   4584      1.3  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4585      1.3  christos 
   4586      1.3  christos 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4587      1.3  christos 	  relocation = 0;
   4588      1.9  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4589  1.9.2.1  christos 
   4590  1.9.2.1  christos 	  if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   4591  1.9.2.1  christos 		    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4592  1.9.2.1  christos 	    {
   4593      1.3  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   4594      1.3  christos 		/* xgettext:c-format */
   4595      1.3  christos 		(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
   4596      1.3  christos 		   "%s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
   4597      1.3  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
   4598      1.3  christos 		 howto->name, h->root.root.string);
   4599      1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   4600      1.3  christos 	    }
   4601      1.3  christos 	  else
   4602      1.3  christos 	    {
   4603      1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4604      1.3  christos 
   4605      1.3  christos 	      /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
   4606      1.3  christos 		 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
   4607      1.3  christos 	      if (h)
   4608      1.3  christos 		{
   4609      1.3  christos 		  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
   4610      1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4611      1.3  christos 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4612      1.3  christos 		    {
   4613      1.3  christos 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
   4614      1.3  christos 						       offset, NULL, 0))
   4615      1.3  christos 			return FALSE;
   4616      1.3  christos 		      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
   4617      1.3  christos 		    }
   4618      1.3  christos 		}
   4619      1.3  christos 	      else
   4620      1.3  christos 		{
   4621      1.3  christos 		  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   4622      1.3  christos 
   4623      1.3  christos 		  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
   4624      1.3  christos 		  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
   4625      1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
   4626      1.3  christos 		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
   4627      1.3  christos 		    {
   4628      1.3  christos 		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
   4629      1.3  christos 						       offset, sec,
   4630      1.3  christos 						       sym->st_value))
   4631      1.3  christos 			return FALSE;
   4632      1.3  christos 		      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
   4633      1.3  christos 		    }
   4634      1.3  christos 		}
   4635      1.3  christos 
   4636      1.3  christos 	      relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
   4637      1.3  christos 	    }
   4638      1.3  christos 
   4639      1.3  christos 	  relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   4640      1.3  christos 			 + sgotplt->output_offset);
   4641      1.3  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   4642      1.3  christos 	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
   4643      1.3  christos #endif
   4644      1.3  christos 
   4645      1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
   4646      1.3  christos 	    {
   4647      1.3  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
   4648      1.3  christos 					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4649      1.1     skrll 					rel->r_offset);
   4650      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4651      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4652      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4653      1.1     skrll 	    goto final_link_relocate;
   4654      1.1     skrll 
   4655      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_LOOP_START:
   4656      1.1     skrll 	  {
   4657      1.1     skrll 	    static bfd_vma start, end;
   4658      1.1     skrll 
   4659      1.1     skrll 	    start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
   4660      1.1     skrll 		     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
   4661      1.1     skrll 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4662      1.1     skrll 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
   4663      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   4664      1.1     skrll 
   4665      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_LOOP_END:
   4666      1.1     skrll 	    end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
   4667      1.1     skrll 		   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
   4668      1.1     skrll 	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
   4669      1.3  christos 				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
   4670      1.3  christos 	    break;
   4671      1.1     skrll 	  }
   4672      1.3  christos 
   4673      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   4674      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   4675      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   4676      1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   4677      1.3  christos 	  r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
   4678      1.6  christos 	  got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   4679      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
   4680      1.1     skrll 	    got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
   4681      1.1     skrll 	  else if (h != NULL)
   4682      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4683      1.1     skrll 	      got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   4684      1.3  christos 	      if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   4685      1.1     skrll 		  && (h->dynindx == -1
   4686      1.1     skrll 		      || h->def_regular))
   4687      1.1     skrll 		r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   4688      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4689      1.1     skrll 
   4690      1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
   4691      1.1     skrll 	    r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
   4692      1.1     skrll 
   4693      1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
   4694      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4695      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4696      1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   4697      1.1     skrll 
   4698      1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
   4699      1.1     skrll 		{
   4700      1.1     skrll 		  /* GD->LE transition:
   4701      1.1     skrll 		       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   4702      1.1     skrll 		       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4703      1.1     skrll 		       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   4704  1.9.2.2    martin 		     We change it into:
   4705  1.9.2.2    martin 		       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
   4706  1.9.2.2    martin 		       nop; nop; ...
   4707  1.9.2.2    martin 		       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
   4708  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4709  1.9.2.2    martin 		  offset = rel->r_offset;
   4710  1.9.2.2    martin 		  if (offset < 16)
   4711  1.9.2.2    martin 		    {
   4712  1.9.2.2    martin 		      _bfd_error_handler
   4713      1.1     skrll 			/* xgettext:c-format */
   4714      1.1     skrll 			(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4715      1.1     skrll 			 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4716      1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   4717      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4718      1.1     skrll 
   4719      1.1     skrll 		  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   4720      1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 16;
   4721      1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4722      1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   4723  1.9.2.2    martin 		    {
   4724  1.9.2.2    martin 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4725  1.9.2.2    martin 		      offset -= 2;
   4726  1.9.2.2    martin 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4727  1.9.2.2    martin 		    }
   4728  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4729      1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd400)
   4730  1.9.2.2    martin 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4731  1.9.2.2    martin 		      /* xgettext:c-format */  /* The backslash is to prevent bogus trigraph detection.  */
   4732  1.9.2.2    martin 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd4?\?)"),
   4733  1.9.2.2    martin 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4734  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4735  1.9.2.2    martin 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4736  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4737      1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xc700)
   4738  1.9.2.2    martin 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4739  1.9.2.2    martin 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4740  1.9.2.2    martin 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xc7?\?)"),
   4741  1.9.2.2    martin 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4742  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4743  1.9.2.2    martin 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4744      1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd100)
   4745  1.9.2.2    martin 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4746  1.9.2.2    martin 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4747  1.9.2.2    martin 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd1?\?)"),
   4748  1.9.2.2    martin 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4749  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4750  1.9.2.2    martin 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   4751      1.1     skrll 		  if (insn != 0x310c)
   4752  1.9.2.2    martin 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4753  1.9.2.2    martin 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4754  1.9.2.2    martin 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x310c)"),
   4755  1.9.2.2    martin 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4756  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4757  1.9.2.2    martin 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   4758      1.1     skrll 		  if (insn != 0x410b)
   4759  1.9.2.2    martin 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4760  1.9.2.2    martin 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4761  1.9.2.2    martin 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x410b)"),
   4762  1.9.2.2    martin 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4763  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4764      1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   4765      1.1     skrll 		  if (insn != 0x34cc)
   4766      1.1     skrll 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4767      1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4768      1.1     skrll 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x34cc)"),
   4769      1.1     skrll 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4770      1.1     skrll 
   4771      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
   4772      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
   4773      1.3  christos 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
   4774      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   4775      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   4776  1.9.2.2    martin 		}
   4777  1.9.2.2    martin 	      else
   4778  1.9.2.2    martin 		{
   4779  1.9.2.2    martin 		  int target;
   4780  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4781  1.9.2.2    martin 		  /* IE->LE transition:
   4782  1.9.2.2    martin 		         mov.l 1f,r0;
   4783  1.9.2.2    martin 		         stc gbr,rN;
   4784      1.1     skrll 		         mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
   4785  1.9.2.2    martin 		         bra 2f;
   4786  1.9.2.2    martin 		         add ...;
   4787  1.9.2.2    martin 		         .align 2;
   4788  1.9.2.2    martin 		       1: x@GOTTPOFF;
   4789  1.9.2.2    martin 		       2:
   4790  1.9.2.2    martin 		     We change it into:
   4791      1.1     skrll 		         mov.l .Ln,rM;
   4792      1.1     skrll 			 stc gbr,rN;
   4793  1.9.2.2    martin 			 nop;
   4794  1.9.2.2    martin 			 ...;
   4795  1.9.2.2    martin 		       1: x@TPOFF;
   4796  1.9.2.2    martin 		       2:.  */
   4797  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4798  1.9.2.2    martin 		  offset = rel->r_offset;
   4799  1.9.2.2    martin 		  if (offset < 16)
   4800  1.9.2.2    martin 		    {
   4801  1.9.2.2    martin 		      _bfd_error_handler
   4802      1.1     skrll 			/* xgettext:c-format */
   4803      1.1     skrll 			(_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for IE->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4804      1.1     skrll 			 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4805      1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   4806      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4807      1.1     skrll 
   4808      1.1     skrll 		  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
   4809      1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 10;
   4810      1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4811      1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
   4812  1.9.2.2    martin 		    {
   4813  1.9.2.2    martin 		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4814  1.9.2.2    martin 		      offset -= 2;
   4815  1.9.2.2    martin 		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4816  1.9.2.2    martin 		    }
   4817  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4818      1.3  christos 		  if ((insn & 0xff00) != 0xd000)
   4819  1.9.2.2    martin 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4820      1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4821  1.9.2.2    martin 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0xd0??: mov.l)"),
   4822  1.9.2.2    martin 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset, (int) insn);
   4823  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4824  1.9.2.2    martin 		  target = insn & 0x00ff;
   4825  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4826  1.9.2.2    martin 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4827      1.1     skrll 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x0012)
   4828  1.9.2.2    martin 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4829  1.9.2.2    martin 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4830  1.9.2.2    martin 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?12: stc)"),
   4831  1.9.2.2    martin 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 2), (int) insn);
   4832  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4833  1.9.2.2    martin 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4834      1.3  christos 		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) != 0x00ce)
   4835      1.1     skrll 		    _bfd_error_handler
   4836      1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   4837      1.1     skrll 		      (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): unexpected instruction %#04X (expected 0x0?ce: mov.l)"),
   4838      1.1     skrll 		       input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) (offset + 4), (int) insn);
   4839      1.1     skrll 
   4840      1.1     skrll 		  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
   4841      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
   4842      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
   4843      1.1     skrll 		}
   4844      1.3  christos 
   4845      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   4846      1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4847      1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   4848      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4849      1.1     skrll 
   4850      1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
   4851      1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   4852      1.1     skrll 
   4853      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   4854      1.1     skrll 	    off = h->got.offset;
   4855      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4856      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4857      1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
   4858      1.1     skrll 		abort ();
   4859      1.1     skrll 
   4860      1.1     skrll 	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   4861      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4862      1.1     skrll 
   4863      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
   4864      1.3  christos 	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
   4865      1.1     skrll 	      && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   4866      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4867      1.1     skrll 	      off &= ~1;
   4868      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
   4869      1.1     skrll 			  sgot->contents + off);
   4870      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
   4871      1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4872      1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   4873      1.1     skrll 	    }
   4874      1.1     skrll 
   4875      1.1     skrll 	  if ((off & 1) != 0)
   4876      1.1     skrll 	    off &= ~1;
   4877      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4878      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4879      1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4880      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4881      1.1     skrll 	      int dr_type, indx;
   4882      1.1     skrll 
   4883      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4884      1.1     skrll 				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
   4885      1.1     skrll 
   4886      1.1     skrll 	      if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
   4887      1.1     skrll 		indx = 0;
   4888      1.1     skrll 	      else
   4889      1.1     skrll 		indx = h->dynindx;
   4890      1.1     skrll 
   4891      1.1     skrll 	      dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
   4892      1.1     skrll 			 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
   4893      1.1     skrll 	      if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
   4894      1.1     skrll 		outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   4895      1.1     skrll 	      else
   4896      1.1     skrll 		outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4897      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
   4898      1.1     skrll 	      loc = srelgot->contents;
   4899      1.1     skrll 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4900      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4901      1.1     skrll 
   4902      1.1     skrll 	      if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
   4903      1.1     skrll 		{
   4904      1.1     skrll 		  if (indx == 0)
   4905      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4906      1.1     skrll 		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4907      1.1     skrll 				  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   4908      1.1     skrll 				  sgot->contents + off + 4);
   4909      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4910      1.1     skrll 		  else
   4911      1.1     skrll 		    {
   4912      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
   4913      1.1     skrll 						    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
   4914      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_offset += 4;
   4915      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   4916      1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->reloc_count++;
   4917      1.1     skrll 		      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4918      1.1     skrll 		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4919      1.1     skrll 		    }
   4920      1.1     skrll 		}
   4921      1.1     skrll 
   4922      1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   4923      1.1     skrll 		h->got.offset |= 1;
   4924      1.1     skrll 	      else
   4925      1.1     skrll 		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   4926      1.3  christos 	    }
   4927      1.1     skrll 
   4928      1.1     skrll 	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
   4929      1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   4930      1.1     skrll 
   4931      1.1     skrll 	  if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   4932      1.1     skrll 	    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   4933      1.1     skrll 	  else
   4934      1.1     skrll 	    {
   4935      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   4936      1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   4937      1.1     skrll 
   4938      1.1     skrll 	      /* GD->IE transition:
   4939      1.1     skrll 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   4940      1.1     skrll 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4941      1.1     skrll 		   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   4942  1.9.2.2    martin 		 We change it into:
   4943  1.9.2.2    martin 		   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
   4944  1.9.2.2    martin 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   4945  1.9.2.2    martin 		   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
   4946  1.9.2.2    martin 
   4947  1.9.2.2    martin 	      offset = rel->r_offset;
   4948  1.9.2.2    martin 	      if (offset < 16)
   4949  1.9.2.2    martin 		{
   4950  1.9.2.2    martin 		  _bfd_error_handler
   4951      1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   4952      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for GD->IE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   4953      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   4954      1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   4955      1.1     skrll 		}
   4956      1.1     skrll 
   4957      1.1     skrll 	      /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   4958      1.1     skrll 	      offset -= 16;
   4959      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4960      1.1     skrll 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   4961      1.1     skrll 		{
   4962      1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   4963      1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 2;
   4964      1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   4965      1.1     skrll 		}
   4966      1.1     skrll 
   4967      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   4968      1.1     skrll 
   4969      1.1     skrll 	      /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
   4970      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
   4971      1.1     skrll 
   4972      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   4973      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   4974      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   4975      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   4976      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   4977      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   4978      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   4979      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   4980      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   4981      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   4982      1.1     skrll 
   4983      1.3  christos 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
   4984      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
   4985      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
   4986      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   4987      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   4988      1.1     skrll 
   4989      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
   4990      1.1     skrll 			  contents + rel->r_offset);
   4991      1.1     skrll 
   4992      1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   4993      1.1     skrll 	  }
   4994      1.3  christos 
   4995      1.3  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   4996      1.6  christos 
   4997      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   4998      1.1     skrll 
   4999      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5000      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
   5001      1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   5002      1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   5003      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5004      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma offset;
   5005      1.1     skrll 	      unsigned short insn;
   5006      1.1     skrll 
   5007      1.1     skrll 	      /* LD->LE transition:
   5008      1.1     skrll 		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
   5009      1.1     skrll 		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
   5010  1.9.2.2    martin 		   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
   5011  1.9.2.2    martin 		 We change it into:
   5012  1.9.2.2    martin 		   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
   5013  1.9.2.2    martin 		   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
   5014  1.9.2.2    martin 
   5015  1.9.2.2    martin 	      offset = rel->r_offset;
   5016  1.9.2.2    martin 	      if (offset < 16)
   5017  1.9.2.2    martin 		{
   5018  1.9.2.2    martin 		  _bfd_error_handler
   5019      1.1     skrll 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   5020      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%pB(%pA): offset in relocation for LD->LE translation is too small: %#" PRIx64),
   5021      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) offset);
   5022      1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   5023      1.1     skrll 		}
   5024      1.1     skrll 
   5025      1.1     skrll 	      /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
   5026      1.1     skrll 	      offset -= 16;
   5027      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5028      1.1     skrll 	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
   5029      1.1     skrll 		{
   5030      1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
   5031      1.1     skrll 		  offset -= 2;
   5032      1.1     skrll 		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
   5033      1.1     skrll 		}
   5034      1.1     skrll 
   5035      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
   5036      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
   5037      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
   5038      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
   5039      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
   5040      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
   5041      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
   5042      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
   5043      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
   5044      1.1     skrll 	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
   5045      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
   5046      1.1     skrll 
   5047      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
   5048      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
   5049      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
   5050      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
   5051      1.3  christos 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
   5052      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
   5053      1.1     skrll 
   5054      1.1     skrll 	      continue;
   5055      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5056      1.1     skrll 
   5057      1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
   5058      1.1     skrll 	    abort ();
   5059      1.1     skrll 
   5060      1.1     skrll 	  off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
   5061      1.1     skrll 	  if (off & 1)
   5062      1.1     skrll 	    off &= ~1;
   5063      1.1     skrll 	  else
   5064      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5065      1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   5066      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   5067      1.1     skrll 
   5068      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   5069      1.1     skrll 				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
   5070      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   5071      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   5072      1.3  christos 	      loc = srelgot->contents;
   5073      1.1     skrll 	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5074      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   5075      1.1     skrll 	      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
   5076      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5077      1.1     skrll 
   5078      1.3  christos 	  relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
   5079      1.6  christos 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   5080      1.1     skrll 
   5081      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   5082      1.1     skrll 
   5083      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
   5084      1.1     skrll 	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   5085      1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
   5086      1.1     skrll 	    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   5087      1.1     skrll 	  else
   5088      1.1     skrll 	    relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   5089      1.1     skrll 
   5090      1.1     skrll 	  addend = rel->r_addend;
   5091      1.1     skrll 	  goto final_link_relocate;
   5092      1.1     skrll 
   5093      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
   5094      1.3  christos 	  {
   5095      1.6  christos 	    int indx;
   5096      1.1     skrll 	    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   5097      1.1     skrll 	    bfd_byte *loc;
   5098      1.1     skrll 
   5099      1.1     skrll 	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
   5100      1.1     skrll 
   5101      1.1     skrll 	    if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
   5102      1.1     skrll 	      {
   5103      1.1     skrll 		relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
   5104      1.3  christos 		addend = rel->r_addend;
   5105      1.3  christos 		goto final_link_relocate;
   5106      1.3  christos 	      }
   5107      1.1     skrll 
   5108      1.1     skrll 	    if (sreloc == NULL)
   5109      1.1     skrll 	      {
   5110      1.1     skrll 		sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   5111      1.1     skrll 		  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   5112      1.1     skrll 		if (sreloc == NULL)
   5113      1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   5114      1.1     skrll 	      }
   5115      1.1     skrll 
   5116      1.1     skrll 	    if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
   5117      1.1     skrll 	      indx = 0;
   5118      1.1     skrll 	    else
   5119      1.1     skrll 	      indx = h->dynindx;
   5120      1.1     skrll 
   5121      1.1     skrll 	    outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
   5122      1.1     skrll 			       + input_section->output_offset
   5123      1.1     skrll 			       + rel->r_offset);
   5124      1.1     skrll 	    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
   5125      1.1     skrll 	    if (indx == 0)
   5126      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
   5127      1.1     skrll 	    else
   5128      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
   5129      1.1     skrll 
   5130      1.1     skrll 	    loc = sreloc->contents;
   5131      1.1     skrll 	    loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5132      1.3  christos 	    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   5133      1.3  christos 	    continue;
   5134      1.3  christos 	  }
   5135      1.3  christos 	}
   5136      1.3  christos 
   5137      1.3  christos     relocation_done:
   5138      1.6  christos       if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
   5139      1.3  christos 	  && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
   5140      1.3  christos 	{
   5141      1.9  christos 	  /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
   5142      1.3  christos 	  if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   5143      1.3  christos 	    {
   5144      1.3  christos 	      if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5145      1.3  christos 		{
   5146      1.3  christos 		  info->callbacks->einfo
   5147      1.3  christos 		    /* xgettext:c-format */
   5148      1.9  christos 		    (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
   5149      1.3  christos 		     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
   5150      1.3  christos 		  return FALSE;
   5151      1.3  christos 		}
   5152      1.3  christos 	      else
   5153      1.6  christos 		info->callbacks->einfo
   5154      1.3  christos 		  /* xgettext:c-format */
   5155      1.3  christos 		  (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
   5156      1.1     skrll 		   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
   5157      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5158      1.1     skrll 
   5159      1.1     skrll 	  elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
   5160      1.1     skrll 	}
   5161      1.1     skrll 
   5162      1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   5163      1.1     skrll 	{
   5164      1.1     skrll 	  switch (r)
   5165      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5166      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5167      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   5168      1.1     skrll 	      abort ();
   5169      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   5170      1.1     skrll 	      {
   5171      1.1     skrll 		const char *name;
   5172      1.1     skrll 
   5173      1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL)
   5174      1.1     skrll 		  name = NULL;
   5175      1.1     skrll 		else
   5176  1.9.2.2    martin 		  {
   5177      1.1     skrll 		    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   5178      1.8  christos 			    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   5179      1.8  christos 		    if (name == NULL)
   5180      1.8  christos 		      return FALSE;
   5181      1.1     skrll 		    if (*name == '\0')
   5182      1.1     skrll 		      name = bfd_section_name (sec);
   5183      1.1     skrll 		  }
   5184      1.1     skrll 		(*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
   5185      1.1     skrll 		  (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   5186      1.1     skrll 		   (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   5187      1.1     skrll 	      }
   5188      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5189      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5190      1.1     skrll 	}
   5191      1.1     skrll     }
   5192      1.1     skrll 
   5193      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   5194      1.1     skrll }
   5195      1.1     skrll 
   5196      1.1     skrll /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
   5197      1.1     skrll    which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
   5198      1.1     skrll 
   5199      1.1     skrll static bfd_byte *
   5200      1.1     skrll sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
   5201      1.1     skrll 				       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
   5202      1.1     skrll 				       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
   5203      1.1     skrll 				       bfd_byte *data,
   5204      1.1     skrll 				       bfd_boolean relocatable,
   5205      1.1     skrll 				       asymbol **symbols)
   5206      1.1     skrll {
   5207      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   5208      1.1     skrll   asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
   5209      1.1     skrll   bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
   5210      1.1     skrll   asection **sections = NULL;
   5211      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   5212      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   5213      1.1     skrll 
   5214      1.1     skrll   /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
   5215      1.1     skrll      particular set of section contents, specially.  */
   5216      1.1     skrll   if (relocatable
   5217      1.1     skrll       || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
   5218      1.1     skrll     return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
   5219      1.1     skrll 						       link_order, data,
   5220      1.1     skrll 						       relocatable,
   5221      1.1     skrll 						       symbols);
   5222      1.1     skrll 
   5223      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
   5224      1.1     skrll 
   5225      1.1     skrll   memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
   5226      1.1     skrll 	  (size_t) input_section->size);
   5227      1.1     skrll 
   5228      1.1     skrll   if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
   5229      1.1     skrll       && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
   5230      1.1     skrll     {
   5231      1.1     skrll       asection **secpp;
   5232      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
   5233      1.1     skrll       bfd_size_type amt;
   5234      1.1     skrll 
   5235      1.1     skrll       internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   5236      1.1     skrll 			 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
   5237      1.1     skrll 			  (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
   5238      1.1     skrll       if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   5239      1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5240      1.1     skrll 
   5241      1.1     skrll       if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
   5242      1.1     skrll 	{
   5243      1.1     skrll 	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   5244      1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   5245      1.1     skrll 	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
   5246      1.1     skrll 					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   5247      1.1     skrll 					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
   5248      1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   5249      1.1     skrll 	    goto error_return;
   5250      1.1     skrll 	}
   5251      1.1     skrll 
   5252      1.1     skrll       amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5253      1.1     skrll       amt *= sizeof (asection *);
   5254      1.1     skrll       sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
   5255      1.1     skrll       if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
   5256      1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5257      1.1     skrll 
   5258      1.1     skrll       isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5259      1.1     skrll       for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
   5260      1.1     skrll 	{
   5261      1.1     skrll 	  asection *isec;
   5262      1.1     skrll 
   5263      1.1     skrll 	  if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
   5264      1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
   5265      1.1     skrll 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
   5266      1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
   5267      1.1     skrll 	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
   5268      1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
   5269      1.1     skrll 	  else
   5270      1.1     skrll 	    isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
   5271      1.1     skrll 
   5272      1.1     skrll 	  *secpp = isec;
   5273      1.1     skrll 	}
   5274      1.1     skrll 
   5275      1.1     skrll       if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
   5276      1.1     skrll 				     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
   5277      1.1     skrll 				     isymbuf, sections))
   5278      1.1     skrll 	goto error_return;
   5279      1.1     skrll 
   5280      1.1     skrll       if (sections != NULL)
   5281      1.1     skrll 	free (sections);
   5282      1.1     skrll       if (isymbuf != NULL
   5283      1.1     skrll 	  && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   5284      1.1     skrll 	free (isymbuf);
   5285      1.1     skrll       if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   5286      1.1     skrll 	free (internal_relocs);
   5287      1.1     skrll     }
   5288      1.1     skrll 
   5289      1.1     skrll   return data;
   5290      1.1     skrll 
   5291      1.1     skrll  error_return:
   5292      1.1     skrll   if (sections != NULL)
   5293      1.1     skrll     free (sections);
   5294      1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL
   5295      1.1     skrll       && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   5296      1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   5297      1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   5298      1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   5299      1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   5300      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
   5301      1.1     skrll }
   5302      1.1     skrll 
   5303      1.1     skrll /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
   5304      1.1     skrll    when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
   5305      1.1     skrll    This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
   5306      1.1     skrll 
   5307      1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   5308      1.1     skrll dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   5309      1.1     skrll {
   5310      1.1     skrll   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   5311      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   5312      1.1     skrll     return 0;
   5313      1.1     skrll   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   5314      1.1     skrll }
   5315      1.1     skrll 
   5316      1.1     skrll /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
   5317      1.1     skrll 
   5318      1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   5319      1.1     skrll tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
   5320      1.1     skrll {
   5321      1.1     skrll   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   5322      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   5323      1.1     skrll     return 0;
   5324      1.1     skrll   /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
   5325      1.1     skrll      structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
   5326      1.1     skrll   return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
   5327      1.1     skrll 	  + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
   5328      1.1     skrll 			 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
   5329      1.1     skrll }
   5330      1.1     skrll 
   5331      1.1     skrll static asection *
   5332      1.1     skrll sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   5333      1.1     skrll 		     struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5334      1.1     skrll 		     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   5335      1.1     skrll 		     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   5336      1.1     skrll 		     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   5337      1.1     skrll {
   5338      1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   5339      1.1     skrll     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   5340      1.1     skrll       {
   5341      1.1     skrll       case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5342      1.1     skrll       case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5343      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   5344      1.1     skrll       }
   5345      1.1     skrll 
   5346      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   5347      1.1     skrll }
   5348      1.1     skrll 
   5349      1.1     skrll /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
   5350      1.1     skrll 
   5351      1.1     skrll static void
   5352      1.1     skrll sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   5353      1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   5354      1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   5355      1.1     skrll {
   5356      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   5357      1.1     skrll 
   5358      1.1     skrll   edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   5359      1.9  christos   eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   5360      1.9  christos 
   5361      1.1     skrll   if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   5362      1.1     skrll     {
   5363      1.1     skrll       if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
   5364      1.1     skrll 	{
   5365      1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
   5366      1.9  christos 	  struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   5367      1.1     skrll 
   5368      1.1     skrll 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   5369      1.1     skrll 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   5370      1.1     skrll 	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
   5371      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5372      1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
   5373      1.1     skrll 
   5374      1.1     skrll 	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   5375      1.1     skrll 		if (q->sec == p->sec)
   5376      1.1     skrll 		  {
   5377      1.1     skrll 		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
   5378      1.1     skrll 		    q->count += p->count;
   5379      1.1     skrll 		    *pp = p->next;
   5380      1.1     skrll 		    break;
   5381      1.1     skrll 		  }
   5382      1.1     skrll 	      if (q == NULL)
   5383      1.1     skrll 		pp = &p->next;
   5384      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5385      1.1     skrll 	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
   5386      1.1     skrll 	}
   5387      1.3  christos 
   5388      1.6  christos       edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
   5389      1.3  christos       eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
   5390      1.6  christos     }
   5391      1.1     skrll   edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
   5392      1.1     skrll   eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   5393      1.1     skrll   edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
   5394      1.1     skrll   eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
   5395      1.3  christos   edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
   5396      1.3  christos   eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
   5397      1.1     skrll 
   5398      1.1     skrll   if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5399      1.1     skrll       && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
   5400      1.1     skrll     {
   5401      1.1     skrll       edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
   5402      1.1     skrll       eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
   5403      1.1     skrll     }
   5404      1.1     skrll 
   5405      1.9  christos   if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5406      1.9  christos       && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
   5407      1.1     skrll     {
   5408      1.1     skrll       /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
   5409      1.1     skrll 	 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
   5410      1.1     skrll 	 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
   5411      1.1     skrll       if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
   5412      1.1     skrll 	dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
   5413      1.1     skrll       dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
   5414      1.1     skrll       dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
   5415      1.1     skrll       dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
   5416      1.1     skrll     }
   5417      1.1     skrll   else
   5418      1.1     skrll     _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   5419      1.6  christos }
   5420      1.1     skrll 
   5421      1.1     skrll static int
   5422      1.1     skrll sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
   5423      1.1     skrll 			    int is_local)
   5424      1.1     skrll {
   5425      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5426      1.1     skrll     return r_type;
   5427      1.1     skrll 
   5428      1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
   5429      1.1     skrll     {
   5430      1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5431      1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5432      1.1     skrll       if (is_local)
   5433      1.1     skrll 	return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5434      1.1     skrll       return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
   5435      1.1     skrll     case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5436      1.1     skrll       return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5437      1.1     skrll     }
   5438      1.1     skrll 
   5439      1.1     skrll   return r_type;
   5440      1.1     skrll }
   5441      1.1     skrll 
   5442      1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
   5443      1.1     skrll    Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
   5444      1.1     skrll    virtual table relocs for gc.  */
   5445      1.1     skrll 
   5446      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   5447      1.1     skrll sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
   5448      1.1     skrll 		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   5449      1.1     skrll {
   5450      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   5451      1.4  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   5452      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   5453      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   5454      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   5455      1.6  christos   asection *sreloc;
   5456      1.1     skrll   unsigned int r_type;
   5457      1.1     skrll   enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
   5458      1.9  christos 
   5459      1.9  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   5460      1.9  christos 
   5461      1.9  christos   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   5462      1.9  christos     return TRUE;
   5463      1.9  christos 
   5464      1.9  christos   /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
   5465      1.9  christos      In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
   5466      1.9  christos      and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
   5467      1.1     skrll      or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
   5468      1.1     skrll      relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
   5469      1.1     skrll      libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate.  */
   5470      1.1     skrll   if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   5471      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   5472      1.1     skrll 
   5473      1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
   5474      1.3  christos 
   5475      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
   5476      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   5477      1.1     skrll 
   5478      1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   5479      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   5480      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   5481      1.1     skrll 
   5482      1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   5483      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   5484      1.1     skrll     {
   5485      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   5486      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   5487      1.1     skrll 
   5488      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   5489      1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   5490      1.1     skrll 
   5491      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   5492  1.9.2.1  christos 	h = NULL;
   5493      1.1     skrll       else
   5494      1.1     skrll 	{
   5495      1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   5496      1.6  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   5497      1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   5498      1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   5499      1.1     skrll 	}
   5500      1.1     skrll 
   5501      1.1     skrll       r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
   5502      1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5503      1.1     skrll 	  && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
   5504      1.1     skrll 	  && h != NULL
   5505      1.3  christos 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
   5506      1.3  christos 	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   5507      1.3  christos 	  && (h->dynindx == -1
   5508      1.3  christos 	      || h->def_regular))
   5509      1.3  christos 	r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
   5510      1.3  christos 
   5511      1.3  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   5512      1.3  christos 	switch (r_type)
   5513      1.3  christos 	  {
   5514      1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5515      1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5516      1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5517      1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5518      1.3  christos 	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5519      1.3  christos 	    if (h != NULL)
   5520      1.3  christos 	      {
   5521      1.3  christos 		if (h->dynindx == -1)
   5522      1.3  christos 		  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
   5523      1.3  christos 		    {
   5524      1.3  christos 		    case STV_INTERNAL:
   5525      1.3  christos 		    case STV_HIDDEN:
   5526      1.3  christos 		      break;
   5527      1.3  christos 		    default:
   5528      1.3  christos 		      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
   5529      1.1     skrll 		      break;
   5530      1.9  christos 		    }
   5531      1.1     skrll 	      }
   5532      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   5533      1.1     skrll 	  }
   5534      1.3  christos 
   5535      1.3  christos       /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
   5536      1.3  christos       if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
   5537      1.3  christos 	{
   5538      1.9  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   5539      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5540      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_DIR32:
   5541      1.3  christos 	      /* This may require an rofixup.  */
   5542      1.1     skrll 	      if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   5543      1.3  christos 		break;
   5544      1.3  christos 	      /* Fall through.  */
   5545      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   5546      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOT32:
   5547      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOT20:
   5548      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF:
   5549      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
   5550      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5551      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5552      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5553      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5554      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5555      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_GOTPC:
   5556      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5557      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5558      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5559      1.1     skrll 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
   5560      1.1     skrll 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
   5561      1.1     skrll 	      if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
   5562      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   5563      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5564      1.1     skrll 
   5565      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5566      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5567      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5568      1.1     skrll 	}
   5569      1.1     skrll 
   5570      1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   5571      1.1     skrll 	{
   5572      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   5573      1.1     skrll 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   5574      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   5575      1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   5576  1.9.2.2    martin 	    return FALSE;
   5577      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5578      1.1     skrll 
   5579      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   5580      1.1     skrll 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   5581      1.6  christos 	case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
   5582      1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   5583      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   5584      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5585      1.1     skrll 
   5586      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5587      1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   5588      1.3  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   5589      1.3  christos 
   5590      1.3  christos 	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
   5591      1.1     skrll 	force_got:
   5592      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5593      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOT32:
   5594      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOT20:
   5595      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5596      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5597      1.3  christos 	  switch (r_type)
   5598      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5599      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   5600      1.3  christos 	      got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
   5601      1.3  christos 	      break;
   5602      1.3  christos 	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
   5603      1.3  christos 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
   5604      1.3  christos 	      break;
   5605      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
   5606      1.1     skrll 	      got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   5607      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   5608      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
   5609      1.1     skrll 	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
   5610  1.9.2.1  christos 	      got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
   5611      1.3  christos 	      break;
   5612      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5613      1.1     skrll 
   5614      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   5615      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5616      1.1     skrll 	      h->got.refcount += 1;
   5617      1.1     skrll 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   5618      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5619      1.1     skrll 	  else
   5620      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5621      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   5622      1.1     skrll 
   5623      1.1     skrll 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
   5624      1.1     skrll 		 symbol.  */
   5625      1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   5626      1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   5627      1.1     skrll 		{
   5628      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_size_type size;
   5629      1.1     skrll 
   5630      1.1     skrll 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5631      1.1     skrll 		  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   5632      1.3  christos 		  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   5633      1.1     skrll 		  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
   5634      1.1     skrll 					 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
   5635  1.9.2.1  christos 		  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   5636      1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   5637      1.1     skrll 		  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   5638      1.1     skrll 		  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
   5639      1.1     skrll 		    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
   5640      1.1     skrll 		}
   5641      1.3  christos 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
   5642      1.3  christos 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
   5643      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5644      1.3  christos 
   5645      1.3  christos 	  /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
   5646      1.1     skrll 	     there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
   5647      1.1     skrll 	  if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
   5648      1.3  christos 	      && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
   5649      1.3  christos 	    {
   5650      1.9  christos 	      if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
   5651      1.9  christos 		got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
   5652  1.9.2.1  christos 	      else
   5653      1.3  christos 		{
   5654      1.3  christos 		  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   5655      1.3  christos 		      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
   5656      1.9  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5657      1.9  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5658  1.9.2.1  christos 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
   5659      1.3  christos 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5660      1.3  christos 		  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
   5661      1.9  christos 			   || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
   5662      1.9  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5663  1.9.2.1  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5664      1.9  christos 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
   5665      1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5666      1.1     skrll 		  else
   5667      1.1     skrll 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5668      1.1     skrll 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5669      1.3  christos 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
   5670      1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5671      1.1     skrll 		  return FALSE;
   5672      1.3  christos 		}
   5673      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5674      1.3  christos 
   5675      1.1     skrll 	  if (old_got_type != got_type)
   5676      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5677      1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   5678      1.1     skrll 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
   5679      1.1     skrll 	      else
   5680      1.1     skrll 		sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
   5681      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5682      1.1     skrll 
   5683      1.3  christos 	  break;
   5684      1.3  christos 
   5685      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
   5686      1.3  christos 	  sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
   5687      1.3  christos 	  break;
   5688      1.9  christos 
   5689  1.9.2.1  christos 	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
   5690      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
   5691      1.3  christos 	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
   5692      1.3  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend)
   5693      1.3  christos 	    {
   5694      1.3  christos 	      _bfd_error_handler
   5695      1.3  christos 		(_("%pB: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
   5696      1.3  christos 		 abfd);
   5697      1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   5698      1.3  christos 	    }
   5699      1.3  christos 
   5700      1.3  christos 	  if (h == NULL)
   5701      1.3  christos 	    {
   5702      1.3  christos 	      union gotref *local_funcdesc;
   5703      1.3  christos 
   5704      1.3  christos 	      /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
   5705      1.3  christos 	      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
   5706      1.3  christos 	      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   5707      1.3  christos 		{
   5708      1.3  christos 		  bfd_size_type size;
   5709      1.3  christos 
   5710      1.3  christos 		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
   5711      1.3  christos 		  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
   5712      1.3  christos 		  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
   5713      1.3  christos 		    return FALSE;
   5714      1.6  christos 		  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
   5715      1.3  christos 		}
   5716      1.3  christos 	      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
   5717      1.9  christos 
   5718      1.3  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   5719      1.3  christos 		{
   5720      1.3  christos 		  if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
   5721      1.3  christos 		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   5722      1.3  christos 		  else
   5723      1.3  christos 		    htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   5724      1.3  christos 		}
   5725      1.3  christos 	    }
   5726      1.3  christos 	  else
   5727      1.3  christos 	    {
   5728      1.3  christos 	      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
   5729      1.3  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
   5730      1.3  christos 		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
   5731      1.3  christos 
   5732      1.9  christos 	      /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
   5733      1.9  christos 		 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
   5734  1.9.2.1  christos 	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
   5735      1.3  christos 	      if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
   5736      1.3  christos 		{
   5737      1.9  christos 		  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
   5738      1.9  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5739  1.9.2.1  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5740      1.3  christos 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
   5741      1.3  christos 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5742      1.3  christos 		  else
   5743      1.3  christos 		    _bfd_error_handler
   5744      1.3  christos 		      /* xgettext:c-format */
   5745      1.1     skrll 		      (_("%pB: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
   5746      1.1     skrll 		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
   5747      1.1     skrll 		}
   5748      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5749      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5750      1.1     skrll 
   5751      1.6  christos 	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
   5752      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   5753      1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   5754      1.1     skrll 
   5755      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL
   5756      1.1     skrll 	      || h->forced_local
   5757      1.1     skrll 	      || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5758      1.1     skrll 	      || info->symbolic
   5759      1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1)
   5760      1.1     skrll 	    goto force_got;
   5761      1.1     skrll 
   5762      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   5763      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5764      1.1     skrll 	  ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
   5765      1.1     skrll 
   5766      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5767      1.1     skrll 
   5768      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_PLT32:
   5769      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   5770      1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   5771      1.1     skrll 	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   5772      1.1     skrll 	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   5773      1.1     skrll 	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   5774      1.1     skrll 	     after all.  */
   5775      1.1     skrll 
   5776      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   5777      1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   5778      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   5779      1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   5780      1.1     skrll 
   5781      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->forced_local)
   5782      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   5783      1.1     skrll 
   5784      1.6  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   5785      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5786      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5787      1.1     skrll 
   5788      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_DIR32:
   5789      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_REL32:
   5790      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
   5791      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5792      1.1     skrll 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   5793      1.1     skrll 	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
   5794      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5795      1.1     skrll 
   5796      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
   5797      1.1     skrll 	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
   5798      1.1     skrll 	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
   5799      1.1     skrll 	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
   5800      1.1     skrll 	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
   5801      1.1     skrll 	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
   5802      1.1     skrll 	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
   5803      1.1     skrll 	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
   5804      1.1     skrll 	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
   5805      1.1     skrll 	     later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   5806      1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   5807      1.1     skrll 	     dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
   5808      1.1     skrll 	     situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
   5809      1.6  christos 	     visibility changes render the symbol local.
   5810      1.1     skrll 
   5811      1.1     skrll 	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
   5812      1.1     skrll 	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
   5813      1.1     skrll 	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
   5814      1.1     skrll 	     symbol.  */
   5815      1.1     skrll 	  if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
   5816      1.6  christos 	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   5817      1.1     skrll 	       && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
   5818      1.1     skrll 		   || (h != NULL
   5819      1.1     skrll 		       && (! info->symbolic
   5820      1.1     skrll 			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   5821      1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))))
   5822      1.9  christos 	      || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
   5823      1.9  christos 		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   5824      1.1     skrll 		  && h != NULL
   5825      1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   5826      1.1     skrll 		      || !h->def_regular)))
   5827      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5828      1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
   5829      1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
   5830      1.1     skrll 
   5831      1.1     skrll 	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
   5832      1.1     skrll 		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
   5833      1.3  christos 
   5834      1.3  christos 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   5835      1.1     skrll 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   5836      1.3  christos 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   5837      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   5838      1.1     skrll 		{
   5839      1.1     skrll 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   5840      1.1     skrll 		    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   5841      1.1     skrll 
   5842      1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   5843      1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   5844      1.1     skrll 		}
   5845      1.1     skrll 
   5846      1.3  christos 	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
   5847      1.1     skrll 		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
   5848      1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   5849      1.3  christos 		head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
   5850      1.3  christos 	      else
   5851      1.3  christos 		{
   5852      1.3  christos 		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
   5853      1.3  christos 		  asection *s;
   5854      1.3  christos 		  void *vpp;
   5855      1.1     skrll 		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   5856      1.3  christos 
   5857      1.1     skrll 		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
   5858      1.3  christos 						abfd, r_symndx);
   5859      1.1     skrll 		  if (isym == NULL)
   5860      1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   5861      1.9  christos 
   5862      1.1     skrll 		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   5863      1.1     skrll 		  if (s == NULL)
   5864      1.1     skrll 		    s = sec;
   5865      1.1     skrll 
   5866      1.1     skrll 		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   5867      1.1     skrll 		  head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
   5868      1.1     skrll 		}
   5869      1.1     skrll 
   5870      1.1     skrll 	      p = *head;
   5871      1.1     skrll 	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
   5872      1.1     skrll 		{
   5873      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
   5874      1.1     skrll 		  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
   5875      1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   5876      1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   5877      1.1     skrll 		  p->next = *head;
   5878      1.1     skrll 		  *head = p;
   5879  1.9.2.1  christos 		  p->sec = sec;
   5880      1.1     skrll 		  p->count = 0;
   5881      1.1     skrll 		  p->pc_count = 0;
   5882      1.1     skrll 		}
   5883      1.3  christos 
   5884      1.3  christos 	      p->count += 1;
   5885      1.3  christos 	      if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
   5886      1.6  christos 		p->pc_count += 1;
   5887      1.3  christos 	    }
   5888      1.3  christos 
   5889      1.3  christos 	  /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
   5890      1.1     skrll 	     If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
   5891      1.1     skrll 	     fixup.  */
   5892      1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
   5893      1.6  christos 	      && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
   5894      1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   5895      1.9  christos 	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
   5896  1.9.2.1  christos 	  break;
   5897      1.1     skrll 
   5898      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
   5899      1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   5900      1.1     skrll 	    {
   5901      1.1     skrll 	      _bfd_error_handler
   5902      1.1     skrll 		(_("%pB: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
   5903      1.1     skrll 		 abfd);
   5904      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   5905      1.1     skrll 	    }
   5906      1.1     skrll 
   5907      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5908      1.1     skrll 
   5909      1.1     skrll 	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
   5910      1.1     skrll 	  /* Nothing to do.  */
   5911      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5912      1.1     skrll 
   5913      1.1     skrll 	default:
   5914      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   5915      1.1     skrll 	}
   5916      1.1     skrll     }
   5917      1.1     skrll 
   5918      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   5919      1.1     skrll }
   5920      1.1     skrll 
   5921      1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
   5922      1.1     skrll static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
   5923      1.9  christos 
   5924      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   5925      1.1     skrll sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
   5926      1.1     skrll {
   5927      1.1     skrll   flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
   5928      1.6  christos 
   5929      1.1     skrll   if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
   5930      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   5931      1.1     skrll 
   5932      1.1     skrll   if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
   5933      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   5934      1.1     skrll 
   5935      1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
   5936      1.1     skrll 
   5937      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   5938      1.1     skrll }
   5939      1.1     skrll 
   5940      1.1     skrll 
   5941      1.1     skrll /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
   5942      1.1     skrll    Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
   5943      1.1     skrll    return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
   5944      1.6  christos    Return -1 if no match is found.  */
   5945      1.1     skrll 
   5946      1.1     skrll int
   5947      1.1     skrll sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
   5948      1.6  christos {
   5949      1.1     skrll   int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
   5950      1.1     skrll 
   5951      1.1     skrll   for (; i>0; i--)
   5952      1.1     skrll     if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
   5953      1.1     skrll       return i;
   5954      1.1     skrll 
   5955      1.1     skrll   /* shouldn't get here */
   5956      1.1     skrll   BFD_FAIL();
   5957      1.1     skrll 
   5958      1.1     skrll   return -1;
   5959      1.1     skrll }
   5960      1.1     skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
   5961      1.1     skrll 
   5962      1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
   5963      1.1     skrll /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
   5964      1.1     skrll 
   5965      1.6  christos static bfd_boolean
   5966      1.6  christos sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
   5967      1.3  christos {
   5968      1.6  christos   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
   5969      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   5970      1.1     skrll 
   5971      1.1     skrll   if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
   5972      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   5973      1.1     skrll 
   5974      1.1     skrll   return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
   5975      1.1     skrll }
   5976      1.1     skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
   5977      1.1     skrll 
   5978      1.1     skrll #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
   5979      1.1     skrll 
   5980      1.1     skrll /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
   5981      1.1     skrll    corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
   5982      1.1     skrll 
   5983      1.1     skrll int
   5984      1.1     skrll sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
   5985      1.1     skrll {
   5986      1.9  christos   extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
   5987      1.9  christos   unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
   5988      1.9  christos 
   5989      1.9  christos   return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
   5990      1.9  christos }
   5991      1.9  christos 
   5992      1.9  christos /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
   5993      1.9  christos    resultant architecture supports all the features required
   5994      1.9  christos    by the two input BFDs.
   5995      1.9  christos    If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
   5996      1.9  christos    DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
   5997      1.9  christos    that fits the requirements then an error is emitted.  */
   5998      1.9  christos 
   5999      1.9  christos static bfd_boolean
   6000      1.9  christos sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6001      1.9  christos {
   6002      1.9  christos   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   6003      1.9  christos   unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
   6004      1.9  christos 
   6005      1.9  christos   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
   6006      1.9  christos     return FALSE;
   6007      1.9  christos 
   6008      1.9  christos   old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
   6009      1.9  christos   new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
   6010      1.9  christos 
   6011  1.9.2.1  christos   merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
   6012      1.9  christos 
   6013      1.9  christos   if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
   6014      1.9  christos     {
   6015      1.9  christos       _bfd_error_handler
   6016      1.9  christos 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   6017      1.9  christos 	(_("%pB: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
   6018      1.9  christos 	   "use %s instructions"),
   6019      1.9  christos 	 ibfd,
   6020      1.9  christos 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
   6021      1.9  christos 	 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
   6022      1.9  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   6023      1.9  christos       return FALSE;
   6024      1.9  christos     }
   6025      1.9  christos   else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
   6026      1.9  christos     {
   6027      1.9  christos       _bfd_error_handler
   6028      1.9  christos 	/* xgettext:c-format */
   6029      1.9  christos 	(_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
   6030      1.9  christos 	   "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
   6031      1.9  christos 	 bfd_printable_name (obfd),
   6032      1.9  christos 	 bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
   6033      1.9  christos       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   6034      1.9  christos       return FALSE;
   6035      1.9  christos     }
   6036      1.9  christos 
   6037      1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
   6038      1.1     skrll 			     sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
   6039      1.1     skrll 
   6040      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6041      1.9  christos }
   6042      1.1     skrll 
   6043      1.9  christos /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
   6044      1.1     skrll    calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
   6045      1.1     skrll 
   6046      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6047      1.1     skrll sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6048      1.1     skrll {
   6049      1.1     skrll   bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
   6050      1.1     skrll 
   6051      1.1     skrll   if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
   6052      1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   6053      1.1     skrll 
   6054      1.3  christos   if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
   6055      1.6  christos     {
   6056      1.1     skrll       /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
   6057      1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   6058      1.9  christos       elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   6059      1.1     skrll       sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
   6060  1.9.2.1  christos       if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
   6061      1.9  christos 	elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
   6062      1.1     skrll     }
   6063      1.1     skrll 
   6064      1.1     skrll   if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
   6065      1.1     skrll     {
   6066      1.1     skrll       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: uses instructions which are incompatible "
   6067      1.3  christos 			    "with instructions used in previous modules"),
   6068      1.3  christos 			  ibfd);
   6069      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   6070      1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   6071      1.3  christos     }
   6072      1.3  christos 
   6073  1.9.2.1  christos   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
   6074      1.3  christos   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
   6075      1.3  christos     sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
   6076      1.3  christos 
   6077      1.3  christos   if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
   6078      1.3  christos     {
   6079      1.1     skrll       _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
   6080      1.1     skrll 			  ibfd);
   6081      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   6082      1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   6083      1.1     skrll     }
   6084      1.1     skrll 
   6085      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6086      1.1     skrll }
   6087      1.1     skrll #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
   6088      1.1     skrll 
   6089      1.1     skrll /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
   6090      1.3  christos    as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
   6091      1.3  christos    here.  */
   6092      1.3  christos 
   6093      1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   6094      1.3  christos sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   6095      1.1     skrll {
   6096      1.1     skrll   if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
   6097      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   6098      1.1     skrll 
   6099      1.1     skrll   return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
   6100      1.1     skrll 	  == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
   6101      1.1     skrll }
   6102      1.1     skrll 
   6103      1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   6104      1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   6105      1.1     skrll 
   6106      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6107      1.1     skrll sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6108      1.3  christos 			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   6109      1.3  christos 			      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   6110      1.1     skrll {
   6111      1.1     skrll   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   6112      1.1     skrll 
   6113      1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6114      1.3  christos   if (htab == NULL)
   6115      1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   6116      1.1     skrll 
   6117      1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   6118      1.1     skrll     {
   6119      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   6120      1.1     skrll       asection *sgotplt;
   6121      1.3  christos       asection *srelplt;
   6122      1.1     skrll 
   6123      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma plt_index;
   6124      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset;
   6125      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6126      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   6127      1.1     skrll       const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   6128      1.9  christos 
   6129      1.9  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   6130      1.9  christos 	 it up.  */
   6131      1.3  christos 
   6132      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   6133      1.1     skrll 
   6134      1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   6135      1.1     skrll       sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   6136      1.1     skrll       srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
   6137      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
   6138      1.1     skrll 
   6139      1.3  christos       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   6140      1.3  christos 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   6141      1.3  christos 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   6142      1.3  christos 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   6143      1.1     skrll       plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
   6144      1.3  christos 
   6145      1.3  christos       plt_info = htab->plt_info;
   6146      1.3  christos       if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
   6147      1.3  christos 	plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
   6148      1.3  christos 
   6149      1.3  christos       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   6150      1.3  christos 	 corresponds to this function.  */
   6151      1.3  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6152      1.3  christos 	/* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
   6153      1.3  christos 	   before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
   6154      1.1     skrll 	   bytes.  */
   6155      1.1     skrll 	got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
   6156      1.6  christos       else
   6157      1.1     skrll 	/* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
   6158      1.1     skrll 	   reserved.  */
   6159      1.1     skrll 	got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   6160      1.1     skrll 
   6161      1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6162      1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   6163      1.3  christos 	got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
   6164      1.1     skrll #endif
   6165      1.6  christos 
   6166      1.3  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   6167      1.3  christos       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   6168      1.3  christos 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   6169      1.3  christos 	      plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6170      1.3  christos 
   6171      1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
   6172      1.3  christos 	{
   6173      1.3  christos 	  if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
   6174      1.3  christos 	    {
   6175      1.3  christos 	      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   6176      1.3  christos 	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
   6177      1.3  christos 					splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
   6178      1.3  christos 					h->plt.offset
   6179      1.3  christos 					+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
   6180      1.3  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
   6181      1.3  christos 	    }
   6182      1.1     skrll 	  else
   6183      1.1     skrll 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
   6184      1.3  christos 			       (splt->contents
   6185      1.3  christos 				+ h->plt.offset
   6186      1.1     skrll 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
   6187      1.3  christos 	}
   6188      1.3  christos       else
   6189      1.1     skrll 	{
   6190      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
   6191      1.1     skrll 
   6192      1.3  christos 	  install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
   6193      1.1     skrll 			     (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6194      1.1     skrll 			      + sgotplt->output_offset
   6195      1.1     skrll 			      + got_offset),
   6196      1.1     skrll 			     (splt->contents
   6197      1.1     skrll 			      + h->plt.offset
   6198      1.1     skrll 			      + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
   6199      1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->vxworks_p)
   6200      1.1     skrll 	    {
   6201      1.1     skrll 	      unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
   6202      1.1     skrll 	      int distance;
   6203      1.1     skrll 
   6204      1.1     skrll 	      /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
   6205      1.1     skrll 		 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
   6206      1.3  christos 		 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
   6207      1.3  christos 		 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
   6208      1.3  christos 		 to the last element of the previous group.  */
   6209      1.3  christos 	      /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
   6210      1.1     skrll 		 the common resolver stub.  */
   6211      1.1     skrll 	      reachable_plts = ((4096
   6212      1.3  christos 				 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
   6213      1.1     skrll 				 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
   6214      1.1     skrll 				/ plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
   6215      1.3  christos 	      plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6216      1.1     skrll 	      if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
   6217      1.1     skrll 		distance = -(h->plt.offset
   6218      1.1     skrll 			     + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
   6219      1.1     skrll 	      else
   6220      1.1     skrll 		distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
   6221      1.1     skrll 			     * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
   6222      1.3  christos 
   6223      1.1     skrll 	      /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
   6224      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
   6225      1.1     skrll 			  0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
   6226      1.1     skrll 			  (splt->contents
   6227      1.1     skrll 			   + h->plt.offset
   6228      1.1     skrll 			   + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
   6229      1.3  christos 	    }
   6230      1.1     skrll 	  else
   6231      1.1     skrll 	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
   6232      1.3  christos 			       splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
   6233      1.1     skrll 			       (splt->contents
   6234      1.6  christos 				+ h->plt.offset
   6235      1.1     skrll 				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
   6236      1.1     skrll 	}
   6237      1.3  christos 
   6238      1.3  christos       /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
   6239      1.1     skrll #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6240      1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   6241      1.3  christos 	got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
   6242      1.3  christos #endif
   6243      1.3  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6244      1.3  christos 	got_offset = plt_index * 8;
   6245      1.3  christos 
   6246      1.1     skrll       if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
   6247      1.1     skrll 	install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
   6248      1.1     skrll 			   plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   6249      1.1     skrll 			   (splt->contents
   6250      1.1     skrll 			    + h->plt.offset
   6251      1.1     skrll 			    + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
   6252      1.3  christos 
   6253      1.3  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   6254      1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6255      1.3  christos 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   6256      1.9  christos 		   + splt->output_offset
   6257      1.3  christos 		   + h->plt.offset
   6258      1.1     skrll 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
   6259      1.1     skrll 		  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   6260      1.3  christos       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6261      1.3  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6262      1.1     skrll 		    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
   6263      1.3  christos 		    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
   6264      1.3  christos 
   6265      1.3  christos       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   6266      1.3  christos       rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6267      1.1     skrll 		      + sgotplt->output_offset
   6268      1.1     skrll 		      + got_offset);
   6269      1.1     skrll       if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6270      1.1     skrll 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
   6271      1.3  christos       else
   6272      1.1     skrll 	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
   6273      1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = 0;
   6274      1.6  christos #ifdef GOT_BIAS
   6275      1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
   6276      1.1     skrll #endif
   6277      1.1     skrll       loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6278      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6279      1.1     skrll 
   6280      1.1     skrll       if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
   6281      1.1     skrll 	{
   6282      1.1     skrll 	  /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
   6283      1.9  christos 	     Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
   6284      1.9  christos 	  loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
   6285      1.1     skrll 		 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
   6286      1.3  christos 
   6287      1.1     skrll 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
   6288      1.1     skrll 	     for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
   6289      1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   6290      1.1     skrll 			  + splt->output_offset
   6291      1.1     skrll 			  + h->plt.offset
   6292      1.1     skrll 			  + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
   6293      1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6294      1.3  christos 	  rel.r_addend = got_offset;
   6295      1.3  christos 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6296      1.1     skrll 	  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6297      1.1     skrll 
   6298      1.1     skrll 	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
   6299      1.1     skrll 	     the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
   6300      1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6301      1.1     skrll 			  + sgotplt->output_offset
   6302      1.1     skrll 			  + got_offset);
   6303      1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6304      1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_addend = 0;
   6305      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6306      1.1     skrll 	}
   6307      1.1     skrll 
   6308      1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   6309      1.1     skrll 	{
   6310      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   6311      1.3  christos 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   6312      1.3  christos 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   6313      1.3  christos 	}
   6314      1.1     skrll     }
   6315      1.1     skrll 
   6316      1.3  christos   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   6317      1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
   6318      1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
   6319      1.1     skrll       && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
   6320      1.1     skrll     {
   6321      1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   6322      1.1     skrll       asection *srelgot;
   6323      1.9  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6324      1.9  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   6325      1.3  christos 
   6326      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   6327      1.1     skrll 	 up.  */
   6328      1.1     skrll 
   6329      1.1     skrll       sgot = htab->root.sgot;
   6330      1.1     skrll       srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
   6331      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
   6332      1.1     skrll 
   6333      1.1     skrll       rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   6334      1.1     skrll 		      + sgot->output_offset
   6335      1.1     skrll 		      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   6336      1.6  christos 
   6337      1.1     skrll       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
   6338      1.1     skrll 	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
   6339      1.3  christos 	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
   6340      1.3  christos 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   6341      1.3  christos 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   6342      1.3  christos       if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   6343      1.3  christos 	  && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   6344      1.3  christos 	{
   6345      1.3  christos 	  if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6346      1.3  christos 	    {
   6347      1.3  christos 	      asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
   6348      1.3  christos 	      int dynindx
   6349      1.3  christos 		= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
   6350      1.3  christos 
   6351      1.3  christos 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6352      1.3  christos 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6353      1.3  christos 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6354      1.3  christos 	    }
   6355      1.3  christos 	  else
   6356      1.1     skrll 	    {
   6357      1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
   6358      1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
   6359      1.1     skrll 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6360      1.1     skrll 			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6361      1.1     skrll 	    }
   6362      1.1     skrll 	}
   6363      1.1     skrll       else
   6364      1.3  christos 	{
   6365      1.3  christos 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
   6366      1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
   6367      1.1     skrll 	  rel.r_addend = 0;
   6368      1.1     skrll 	}
   6369      1.1     skrll 
   6370      1.1     skrll       loc = srelgot->contents;
   6371      1.1     skrll       loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6372      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6373      1.1     skrll     }
   6374      1.1     skrll 
   6375      1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   6376      1.1     skrll     {
   6377      1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   6378      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6379      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   6380      1.1     skrll 
   6381      1.4  christos       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   6382      1.1     skrll 
   6383      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   6384      1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   6385      1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   6386      1.1     skrll 
   6387      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   6388      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6389      1.1     skrll 
   6390      1.1     skrll       rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   6391      1.1     skrll 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6392      1.1     skrll 		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6393      1.1     skrll       rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
   6394      1.1     skrll       rel.r_addend = 0;
   6395      1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6396      1.6  christos       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6397      1.1     skrll     }
   6398      1.1     skrll 
   6399      1.1     skrll   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
   6400      1.1     skrll      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
   6401      1.1     skrll      ".got" section.  */
   6402      1.1     skrll   if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
   6403      1.1     skrll       || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
   6404      1.1     skrll     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   6405      1.1     skrll 
   6406      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6407      1.1     skrll }
   6408      1.1     skrll 
   6409      1.3  christos /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   6410      1.1     skrll 
   6411      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6412      1.1     skrll sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   6413      1.3  christos {
   6414      1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
   6415      1.3  christos   asection *sgotplt;
   6416      1.9  christos   asection *sdyn;
   6417      1.4  christos 
   6418      1.1     skrll   htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6419      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   6420      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   6421      1.1     skrll 
   6422      1.1     skrll   sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
   6423      1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
   6424      1.3  christos 
   6425      1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
   6426      1.1     skrll     {
   6427      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   6428      1.1     skrll       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   6429      1.1     skrll 
   6430      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   6431      1.1     skrll 
   6432      1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   6433      1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   6434      1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   6435      1.1     skrll 	{
   6436      1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   6437      1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   6438      1.1     skrll 
   6439      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   6440      1.1     skrll 
   6441      1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   6442      1.1     skrll 	    {
   6443      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   6444      1.3  christos 	      if (htab->vxworks_p
   6445      1.3  christos 		  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
   6446      1.3  christos 		bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6447      1.3  christos 	      break;
   6448      1.3  christos 
   6449      1.3  christos 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   6450      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
   6451      1.1     skrll 	      s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
   6452      1.9  christos 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
   6453      1.1     skrll 		+ s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
   6454      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6455      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6456      1.1     skrll 
   6457      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   6458      1.1     skrll 	      s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
   6459      1.9  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6460      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   6461      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6462      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6463      1.1     skrll 
   6464      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   6465      1.1     skrll 	      s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
   6466      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   6467      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   6468      1.9  christos 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   6469      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   6470      1.1     skrll 	    }
   6471      1.1     skrll 	}
   6472      1.1     skrll 
   6473      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   6474      1.1     skrll       splt = htab->root.splt;
   6475      1.1     skrll       if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
   6476      1.1     skrll 	{
   6477      1.1     skrll 	  unsigned int i;
   6478      1.1     skrll 
   6479      1.3  christos 	  memcpy (splt->contents,
   6480      1.3  christos 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
   6481      1.1     skrll 		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
   6482      1.1     skrll 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
   6483      1.1     skrll 	    if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
   6484      1.1     skrll 	      install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
   6485      1.1     skrll 				 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   6486      1.1     skrll 				  + sgotplt->output_offset
   6487      1.1     skrll 				  + (i * 4)),
   6488      1.1     skrll 				 (splt->contents
   6489      1.1     skrll 				  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
   6490      1.1     skrll 
   6491      1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->vxworks_p)
   6492      1.1     skrll 	    {
   6493      1.1     skrll 	      /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
   6494      1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
   6495      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   6496      1.1     skrll 
   6497      1.1     skrll 	      /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
   6498      1.1     skrll 		 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
   6499      1.1     skrll 	      loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
   6500      1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
   6501      1.1     skrll 			      + splt->output_offset
   6502      1.1     skrll 			      + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
   6503      1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
   6504      1.1     skrll 	      rel.r_addend = 8;
   6505      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6506      1.1     skrll 	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6507      1.1     skrll 
   6508      1.1     skrll 	      /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
   6509      1.1     skrll 		 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
   6510      1.1     skrll 		 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
   6511      1.1     skrll 		 output.  */
   6512      1.1     skrll 	      while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
   6513      1.1     skrll 		{
   6514      1.1     skrll 		  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
   6515      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   6516      1.1     skrll 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
   6517      1.1     skrll 					     R_SH_DIR32);
   6518      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6519      1.1     skrll 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6520      1.1     skrll 
   6521      1.1     skrll 		  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
   6522      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
   6523      1.1     skrll 		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
   6524      1.1     skrll 					     R_SH_DIR32);
   6525      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
   6526      1.1     skrll 		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   6527      1.1     skrll 		}
   6528      1.1     skrll 	    }
   6529      1.1     skrll 
   6530      1.1     skrll 	  /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
   6531      1.3  christos 	     really seem like the right value.  */
   6532      1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   6533      1.1     skrll 	}
   6534      1.3  christos     }
   6535      1.1     skrll 
   6536      1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   6537      1.1     skrll   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
   6538      1.3  christos     {
   6539      1.3  christos       if (sdyn == NULL)
   6540      1.3  christos 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
   6541      1.3  christos       else
   6542      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   6543      1.3  christos 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   6544      1.3  christos 		    sgotplt->contents);
   6545      1.6  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
   6546      1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
   6547      1.3  christos     }
   6548      1.3  christos 
   6549      1.3  christos   if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
   6550      1.3  christos     elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   6551      1.3  christos 
   6552      1.3  christos   /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
   6553      1.3  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
   6554      1.3  christos     {
   6555      1.3  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
   6556      1.3  christos       bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
   6557      1.3  christos 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6558      1.1     skrll 	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
   6559      1.1     skrll 
   6560      1.3  christos       sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
   6561      1.3  christos 
   6562      1.3  christos       /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
   6563      1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
   6564      1.9  christos     }
   6565      1.9  christos 
   6566      1.9  christos   if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
   6567      1.3  christos     BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   6568      1.1     skrll 		== htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
   6569      1.1     skrll 
   6570      1.1     skrll   if (htab->root.srelgot)
   6571      1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
   6572      1.6  christos 		== htab->root.srelgot->size);
   6573      1.6  christos 
   6574      1.6  christos   return TRUE;
   6575      1.1     skrll }
   6576      1.1     skrll 
   6577      1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   6578      1.1     skrll sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6579      1.1     skrll 			 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6580      1.1     skrll 			 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   6581      1.1     skrll {
   6582      1.1     skrll   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   6583      1.1     skrll     {
   6584      1.1     skrll     case R_SH_RELATIVE:
   6585      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_relative;
   6586      1.1     skrll     case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
   6587      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_plt;
   6588      1.1     skrll     case R_SH_COPY:
   6589      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_copy;
   6590      1.1     skrll     default:
   6591      1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_normal;
   6592      1.1     skrll     }
   6593      1.1     skrll }
   6594      1.1     skrll 
   6595      1.1     skrll #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6596      1.1     skrll /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
   6597      1.1     skrll 
   6598      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6599      1.1     skrll elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   6600      1.1     skrll {
   6601      1.1     skrll   int offset;
   6602      1.1     skrll   unsigned int size;
   6603      1.1     skrll 
   6604      1.1     skrll   switch (note->descsz)
   6605      1.6  christos     {
   6606      1.1     skrll       default:
   6607      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   6608      1.6  christos 
   6609      1.1     skrll       case 168:		/* Linux/SH */
   6610      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
   6611      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   6612      1.1     skrll 
   6613      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
   6614      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
   6615      1.1     skrll 
   6616      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
   6617      1.1     skrll 	offset = 72;
   6618      1.1     skrll 	size = 92;
   6619      1.1     skrll 
   6620      1.1     skrll 	break;
   6621      1.1     skrll     }
   6622      1.1     skrll 
   6623      1.1     skrll   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   6624      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   6625      1.1     skrll 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   6626      1.1     skrll }
   6627      1.1     skrll 
   6628      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   6629      1.1     skrll elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   6630      1.1     skrll {
   6631      1.6  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   6632      1.1     skrll     {
   6633      1.6  christos       default:
   6634      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   6635      1.1     skrll 
   6636      1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
   6637      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   6638      1.1     skrll 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   6639      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   6640      1.1     skrll 	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   6641      1.1     skrll     }
   6642      1.6  christos 
   6643      1.1     skrll   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   6644      1.1     skrll      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   6645      1.1     skrll      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   6646      1.1     skrll 
   6647      1.1     skrll   {
   6648      1.1     skrll     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   6649      1.1     skrll     int n = strlen (command);
   6650      1.1     skrll 
   6651      1.1     skrll     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   6652      1.1     skrll       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   6653      1.6  christos   }
   6654      1.1     skrll 
   6655      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   6656      1.1     skrll }
   6657      1.1     skrll #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
   6658      1.1     skrll 
   6659      1.1     skrll 
   6660      1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   6661      1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   6662      1.1     skrll 
   6663      1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   6664      1.1     skrll sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   6665      1.1     skrll 		    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6666      1.1     skrll {
   6667      1.3  christos   const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
   6668      1.3  christos 
   6669      1.3  christos   plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
   6670      1.3  christos   return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
   6671      1.3  christos }
   6672      1.3  christos 
   6673      1.3  christos /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
   6674      1.3  christos    shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
   6675      1.3  christos 
   6676      1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
   6677      1.3  christos sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   6678      1.3  christos 			      struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6679      1.3  christos 			      asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   6680      1.3  christos {
   6681      1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6682      1.3  christos 
   6683      1.3  christos   /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
   6684      1.3  christos   if (htab->fdpic_p)
   6685      1.3  christos     return FALSE;
   6686      1.3  christos 
   6687      1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   6688      1.3  christos }
   6689      1.3  christos 
   6690      1.3  christos /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
   6691      1.3  christos 
   6692      1.3  christos static bfd_byte
   6693      1.3  christos sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
   6694      1.3  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   6695      1.3  christos 			  asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
   6696      1.3  christos 			  asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
   6697      1.3  christos 			  bfd_vma *encoded)
   6698      1.3  christos {
   6699      1.3  christos   struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
   6700      1.3  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   6701      1.3  christos 
   6702      1.3  christos   if (!htab->fdpic_p)
   6703      1.3  christos     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
   6704      1.3  christos 				       loc_offset, encoded);
   6705      1.3  christos 
   6706      1.3  christos   h = htab->root.hgot;
   6707      1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
   6708      1.3  christos 
   6709      1.3  christos   if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
   6710      1.3  christos 	      == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
   6711      1.3  christos     return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
   6712      1.3  christos 				       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
   6713      1.3  christos 
   6714      1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
   6715      1.3  christos 	      == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
   6716      1.3  christos 		  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
   6717      1.3  christos 
   6718      1.3  christos   *encoded = osec->vma + offset
   6719      1.3  christos     - (h->root.u.def.value
   6720      1.1     skrll        + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   6721      1.6  christos        + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   6722      1.1     skrll 
   6723      1.6  christos   return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
   6724      1.1     skrll }
   6725      1.1     skrll 
   6726      1.1     skrll #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6727      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM		sh_elf32_vec
   6728      1.3  christos #define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-sh"
   6729      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	sh_elf32_le_vec
   6730      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-shl"
   6731      1.1     skrll #endif
   6732      1.1     skrll 
   6733      1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_sh
   6734      1.1     skrll #define ELF_TARGET_ID		SH_ELF_DATA
   6735      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_SH
   6736      1.1     skrll #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
   6737      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000
   6738      1.1     skrll #else
   6739      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x80
   6740      1.1     skrll #endif
   6741      1.1     skrll 
   6742      1.1     skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
   6743      1.1     skrll 
   6744      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
   6745      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
   6746      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
   6747      1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto		sh_elf_info_to_howto
   6748      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section	sh_elf_relax_section
   6749      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section	sh_elf_relocate_section
   6750      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
   6751      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
   6752      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_mkobject		sh_elf_mkobject
   6753      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_object_p		sh_elf_object_p
   6754      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
   6755      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_copy_private_data
   6756      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   6757      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_merge_private_data
   6758      1.1     skrll 
   6759      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
   6760      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs	sh_elf_check_relocs
   6761      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
   6762      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
   6763      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   6764      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   6765      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   6766      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
   6767      1.3  christos #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   6768      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   6769      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   6770      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_always_size_sections
   6771      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   6772      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
   6773      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym	sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
   6774      1.3  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   6775      1.3  christos 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
   6776      1.3  christos #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   6777      1.3  christos 					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
   6778      1.3  christos #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	sh_elf_reloc_type_class
   6779      1.3  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		sh_elf_plt_sym_val
   6780      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
   6781      1.6  christos 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
   6782      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
   6783      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
   6784      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
   6785      1.1     skrll 					sh_elf_encode_eh_address
   6786      1.1     skrll 
   6787      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_stack_align		8
   6788      1.9  christos #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	1
   6789      1.9  christos #define elf_backend_can_refcount	1
   6790      1.9  christos #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1
   6791      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1
   6792  1.9.2.1  christos #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
   6793      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   6794      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt	1
   6795      1.1     skrll 
   6796      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16	TRUE
   6797      1.1     skrll 
   6798      1.6  christos #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
   6799      1.1     skrll 
   6800      1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   6801      1.1     skrll 
   6802      1.6  christos /* NetBSD support.  */
   6803      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6804      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
   6805      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6806      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-nbsd"
   6807      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6808      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
   6809      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6810      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-nbsd"
   6811      1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
   6812      1.1     skrll #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x10000
   6813      1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6814      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
   6815      1.1     skrll #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		0
   6816      1.1     skrll #undef	elf32_bed
   6817      1.1     skrll #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
   6818      1.6  christos 
   6819      1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   6820      1.1     skrll 
   6821      1.1     skrll 
   6822      1.6  christos /* Linux support.  */
   6823      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6824      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
   6825      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6826      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-linux"
   6827      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6828      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_linux_vec
   6829      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6830      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-linux"
   6831      1.1     skrll #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6832      1.1     skrll #define	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x1000
   6833      1.1     skrll 
   6834      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
   6835      1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
   6836      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
   6837      1.3  christos #define	elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
   6838      1.3  christos #undef	elf32_bed
   6839      1.3  christos #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_lin_bed
   6840      1.6  christos 
   6841      1.3  christos #include "elf32-target.h"
   6842      1.3  christos 
   6843      1.3  christos 
   6844      1.6  christos /* FDPIC support.  */
   6845      1.3  christos #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6846      1.3  christos #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
   6847      1.3  christos #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6848      1.3  christos #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-fdpic"
   6849      1.3  christos #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6850      1.3  christos #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
   6851      1.3  christos #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6852      1.3  christos #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-fdpic"
   6853      1.3  christos 
   6854      1.1     skrll #undef	elf32_bed
   6855      1.6  christos #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_fd_bed
   6856      1.1     skrll 
   6857      1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   6858      1.1     skrll 
   6859      1.6  christos /* VxWorks support.  */
   6860      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
   6861      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
   6862      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
   6863      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-vxworks"
   6864      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   6865      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
   6866      1.1     skrll #undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   6867      1.1     skrll #define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-vxworks"
   6868      1.1     skrll #undef	elf32_bed
   6869      1.1     skrll #define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
   6870      1.1     skrll 
   6871      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_want_plt_sym
   6872      1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_want_plt_sym	1
   6873      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
   6874      1.1     skrll #define	elf_symbol_leading_char		'_'
   6875      1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
   6876      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
   6877      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
   6878      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
   6879      1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
   6880      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
   6881      1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
   6882      1.1     skrll 					elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
   6883      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_emit_relocs
   6884      1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_emit_relocs		elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
   6885      1.1     skrll #undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing
   6886      1.1     skrll #define	elf_backend_final_write_processing \
   6887      1.1     skrll 					elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
   6888  1.9.2.1  christos #undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
   6889                    #define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x1000
   6890                    #undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
   6891                    
   6892                    #include "elf32-target.h"
   6893                    
   6894                    #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
   6895